# Getting Started


# Welcome to VEGA AI

VEGA AI is a revolutionary AI-first platform that transforms how organizations and individuals create, manage, and deliver learning experiences. Whether you're an educational institution, corporate trainer, test prep company, or independent knowledge creator, VEGA AI provides the tools to scale your impact. By combining advanced artificial intelligence with intuitive design, VEGA AI empowers educators to provide personalized learning experiences at scale.

While VEGA AI offers numerous advanced features and capabilities, this guide breaks down the essential setup steps to help you get started quickly. You'll create your organization, Set up your Student portal, set up your AI avatar and start engaging with students!

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F0HS9UBZyYyuKNp6HbYSW%2FVEGA-main-graphic.png?alt=media&amp;token=37094aa5-739d-404d-a756-ab6295b423f5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How VEGA AI Works

VEGA stands for Virtual Entity for Guidance and Assistance.&#x20;

It helps you create courses, study resources, and tests, assign them to students, manage grading & evaluation, provide post-test feedback, and offer doubt-solving support as well.&#x20;

It consists of 4 major components:

Courses/Learning Experience (LX) — where you can build courses, design practice tests, create study resources, deploy them to students, and automate administrative tasks using Journeys.

\
AI Avatar — your digital twin that provides 24/7 support and personalized learning.

\
Analytics Engine — where you'll track student progress and gain actionable insights to take corrective actions.

Generative AI Tools  — These tools not only save educators and their assistants a significant amount of time but also deliver a highly personalized experience for each student.

The Analytics Engine feeds student data to your AI Avatar, enabling personalized support. While The Learning experience lets you create personalized courses from the course structure to creating personalized resources, tests, grading, evaluation and feedback. when combined, these create a comprehensive, AI-powered teaching environment.

When you use all components together, VEGA AI becomes the central hub of your educational technology stack, allowing you to focus on teaching without jumping between multiple platforms.

### Ready to Get Started?

Your setup path will follow these general steps:&#x20;

1\. Create your organization workspace

2\. Set up Your Student Portal

Need help getting started? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>

<br>


# Set Things Up

## STEP-1 : Organization Setup Guide

This document provides comprehensive guidance for setting up and managing your organisation on the VEGA AI platform. Following these instructions will help you configure your organisation's structure, manage team members, and establish proper access controls.

### Basic Organization Setup

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FajkowkN7NbVjp6AQZlxW%2FScreenshot%202024-12-20%20at%2011.49.09%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b7ceef79-70d8-42fe-81c1-e0a2d18ee598" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Company Information

* Company Name: Enter your organisation's official name
* Primary Email: Set up the primary contact email for your organisation
* Primary Phone: Add the main contact number
* Business Address: Include your complete business address details
  * Address Line 1
  * Address Line 2 (optional)
  * City
  * State
  * ZIP Code
  * Country

#### Email Settings

Configure three distinct email contacts for different purposes:

1. Invoice Email Address: Receives all billing-related communications
2. Legal Contact: Designated for legal notifications and updates
3. Technical Contact: Receives technical updates and system notifications

### Team Management

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNvGBM1jGHD4XQ8CXkiTS%2FScreenshot%202024-12-20%20at%2011.51.04%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a47b8774-3a39-4a16-b7fb-137b5f515f70" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Adding Team Members

1. Click the "+ Add Team Member" button in the top right corner
2. Fill in the required information:
   * First Name
   * Last Name
   * Email Address
3. Select appropriate role (see Role Permissions section)
4. Click "Add Member" to confirm

### Role Permissions

The VEGA AI platform offers four distinct roles with varying levels of access:

#### Admin (Administrator)

* Full account access
* Can manage users and questions
* Access to system settings and configurations
* Full Control over billing
* Ability to edit organisation details
* Permission to delete organisation and manage team

#### Manager

* View organisation dashboard
* Create and manage batches
* Add teachers and students to batches
* Create and assign tests
* Limited administrative access

#### Teacher

* Access to view performance analytics
* Create, edit, and assign tests
* Manage assigned students and batches
* No administrative access

#### Operator

* Access to content ingestion tools
* Add and edit questions
* Limited to content management functions

#### Managing Existing Team Members

For each team member, you can:

* View their creation date and last login
* Edit their information using the Edit button
* Remove them from the organisation using the Remove button
* Monitor their role and access level

## STEP-2 : Student Portal Setup Guide

### Introduction

The VEGA AI Student Portal allows you to create a white-labelled, branded learning environment for your students. This guide walks you through setting up and customising your student portal to match your institution's brand and requirements.

### Custom Portal Configuration

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FqzjCsfFFsPxzkWNFRCBd%2FScreenshot%202024-12-20%20at%2011.52.57%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0f4449bd-dacc-46a9-a124-00a4ea0e2d08" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Domain Setup

1. Get a domain masked platform on your domain.&#x20;
2. You can choose any prefix of your choice to give the right brand messaging.&#x20;
3. For e.g.: prepsmart.your-domain.com
4. Domain setup also has options based on the platform plan you've chosen. You get the option for complete domain masking only in the top enterprise plan where completely their own.&#x20;
5. In lower plans you've to use [myvega.ai](http://myvega.ai) subdomain where you can just add your brand ahead of [myvega.ai](http://myvega.ai) domain like bestprep.myvega.ai.

#### Meta Information

1. Meta Title
   * The Meta Title is the headline shown in search results and browser tabs.&#x20;
   * It should be concise, relevant, and include keywords to improve SEO and attract visitors.&#x20;
   * Customise it to reflect your brand's identity.
   * Example: "AI-Powered Digital SAT Practice App"
2. Meta Description
   * The Meta Description is a brief summary shown below the Meta Title in search results.&#x20;
   * It should be clear, concise, and keyword-rich to improve click-through rates.&#x20;
   * Tailor it to align with your brand and attract more visitors.
   * Example: "Smart learning Platform for Digital SAT, ACT and more."

#### Legal Documentation

1. Privacy Policy
   * If your organization has a ‘Privacy Policy’, please provide the complete URL.&#x20;
   * Users while creating their account will agree to your ‘Privacy Policy’ too.
   * In case you don’t have a ‘Privacy Policy’, you can leave this field blank.
   * You can update or change it later at anytime.
   * Ensure URL is valid and accessible
2. Terms and Conditions
   * If your organization has ‘Terms and Conditions’, please provide the complete URL.&#x20;
   * Users while creating their account will agree to your ‘Terms and Conditions’ too.
   * In case you don’t have ‘Terms and Conditions’, you can leave this field blank.
   * You can update or change it later at any time.

### Branding Elements

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F03siBLbeBoL3pcEj8pL2%2FScreenshot%202025-04-18%20at%201.32.37%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b7a62427-784c-4d05-bb23-30bce4b836fb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Logo Configuration

1. Main Logo
   * Upload your organization's logo
   * Recommended specifications:
     * Format: PNG or SVG (preferred)
     * Resolution: Minimum 200 x 50 pixels
     * Maximum file size: 1MB

2. Favicon
   * A favicon is a small icon that represents a website or web page.&#x20;
   * It's short for "favorite icon". Favicons are used to help users identify and distinguish web pages.&#x20;
   * Upload the favicon for your platform.
   * Requirements:
     * Size: 32 x 32 pixels
     * Maximum file size: 1MB
     * Should be clearly visible at small sizes

3. Open Graph Image
   * The Open Graph Image is a visual preview displayed when your website is shared on social media.&#x20;
   * It enhances your posts by providing an engaging, branded image that attracts clicks and shares.&#x20;
   * Customize it to reflect your brand.

#### Visual Customization

1. Platform Background Colour
   * This feature allows you to change the platform's background colour to match your branding requirements.&#x20;
   * Enhance your brand identity and create a cohesive user experience by customising the background colour to align with your company's aesthetic.
   * Ensure good contrast with text
   * Consider accessibility guidelines
2. Button Color
   * This feature allows you to customise the colour of all buttons on the VEGA AI platform.&#x20;
   * Tailor the button colours to match your brand’s look and feel, enhancing visual consistency and improving user experience.
   * Should align with brand colours
   * Ensure readable text contrast
   * Test on different screen sizes

### Student Onboarding Setup

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNk8KgUv233sypeIsbNws%2FScreenshot%202025-04-18%20at%2012.37.18%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=098d374b-4340-42ee-99c7-2f9e88ae4b51" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Customization Options

Question Management

* Add/remove questions to ask during onboarding as needed&#x20;
* If you need the user's phone number or any other details from the available options, you can enable or disable them in the settings.

<br>


# Navigation & Interface

#### Introduction to the Dashboard

The **Dashboard** in VEGA AI powered platform is the central hub for teachers and administrators, offering a quick overview of student performance, test activity, and institutional growth. Designed with simplicity and functionality in mind, the Dashboard is your go-to space for monitoring key metrics and navigating different sections of the platform.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FrUEcwzkWf5Tos8CJu743%2FScreenshot%202025-04-18%20at%2012.38.21%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=f66b9593-8df8-4a6e-851c-b1d565dddd8d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

**Key Features of the Dashboard**

1. **Plan Information**:
   * The top-left section shows your current subscription plan (e.g., **Enterprise**) and details about:
     * **Free Active Users**: Number of free active users this month.
     * **License Utilization**: Visual indicators for Starter and Essential plan usage to track how many students are actively enrolled.
2. **Test and Activity Overview**:
   * **DSAT Full-Length Tests**: Displays the number of full-length tests completed in the last seven days, along with a comparison to previous periods.
   * **Diagnostic Tests**: Monitors the number of diagnostic tests taken within the last week.
   * **Play Games**: Tracks the number of gamified learning activities students have engaged with in the same timeframe.
   * **Practice Tests**: Summarizes how many practice tests have been completed.
3. **Student Analytics Section**:
   * The lower part of the Dashboard highlights recent student test results.
   * Columns include:
     * **Student Name**: The name of the student who completed the test.
     * **Date**: The date the test was taken.
     * **Projected SAT Score**: The predicted score based on the student’s performance.
     * **Analytics**: A link to detailed analytics for each student.

***

**Example Use Case**

* **Quick Progress Check**: Let’s say you want to review how students in your batch performed on full-length tests this week. The Dashboard allows you to immediately see trends in their projected SAT scores and navigate directly to detailed analytics for deeper insights.

***

**Navigation Made Easy**

* The **Sidebar** (left-hand menu) offers quick links to other sections, including:
  * **Students**: View and manage all students enrolled in your institution.
  * **Analytics**: Dive into detailed student performance metrics across different tests.
  * **Batches**: Organize and monitor student groups.
  * **Spaces, Courses, Test Scheduling**: Access and manage interactive content, lesson plans, and tests.
* These sections are designed to seamlessly guide you to the resources or data you need.

\ <br>


# AI Avatar

**An AI Avatar is your own personal teaching assistant — designed and trained by you to help your students learn better.**

In simple terms, an AI Avatar is a smart digital assistant that can answer questions, explain topics, guide students, and even offer study tips — just like a real teaching helper would. You can create an AI Avatar that reflects your teaching style, your expertise, and your subject matter, making learning more personal and engaging for your students.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FyuwbbCBMVaRP2j33TXai%2FAI-Avatar-graphic6.webp?alt=media&amp;token=2435a27a-a899-4df2-b383-f2467bcd2249" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### How Does It Work?

#### 1. First, It Learns from You

Think about how you would train a new teaching assistant in your classroom.&#x20;

You would:

* Share your lesson plans and teaching materials.
* Show them how you explain topics and break down complex ideas.
* Demonstrate how you give feedback to students.
* Teach them your grading style, tone, and approach.

Your AI Avatar works the same way!<br>

You upload your materials, explain your methods, and your AI Avatar learns your unique teaching style — making it a true extension of you.

#### 2. Then, It Starts Assisting

Once trained, your AI Avatar can:

* **Answer student questions** — using your wording and methods.
* **Explain lessons and concepts** — the same way you do in class.
* **Provide personalized feedback** — matching your style and standards.
* **Support student learning** — anytime, even outside school hours.

### Real-Life Examples&#x20;

#### Use Case 1: Late-Night Study Help

Let's say a student is studying at 11 PM and gets stuck on a math problem. Instead of waiting until the next day, they can ask your AI Avatar, which will explain it using your teaching approach.

#### Use Case 2: Personalized Feedback

When a student submits practice work, your AI Avatar can instantly review it and provide feedback using your typical style and standards.

#### Use Case 3: Exam Preparation

During exam season, your AI Avatar can help multiple students simultaneously individually, offering practice questions and explanations just like you would in a review session.

### Why is an AI Avatar Useful for Teachers and Schools?

**For You:**

* Save time by automating repeated tasks like answering FAQs and reviewing practice work.
* Extend your reach — support more students without adding extra teaching hours.
* Maintain a consistent quality and tone across all student interactions.
* Get helpful insights into common areas where students struggle.

**For Your Students:**

* Get instant help anytime, day or night.
* Receive feedback faster, allowing them to improve quicker.
* Feel more connected and supported in their learning.
* Work at their own pace without feeling stuck.

### Common Uses&#x20;

### Common Uses of AI Avatars in Education

| Teaching Support                | Student Engagement       |
| ------------------------------- | ------------------------ |
| Answering common questions      | Leading study groups     |
| Explaining difficult concepts   | Facilitating discussions |
| Providing practice problems     | Supporting project work  |
| Offering step-by-step solutions | Hosting Q\&A sessions    |

### Simple Setup Steps&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FTC5LyPRCigHJB6peudix%2FCraft%20a%20Digital%20Twin%20in%203%20Simple%20Steps.png?alt=media&amp;token=847f7820-5765-407d-86bc-16d5a27ed6cc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Customize Your Avatar
   * Choose how formal or casual you want it to be
   * Set your preferred teaching methods
   * Define your grading standards
2. Share Your Materials
   * Upload your teaching documents
   * Add your example explanations
   * Include your typical feedback styles
3. Launch and Monitor
   * Start with a small group of students
   * Watch how it interacts
   * Make adjustments as needed

### Important to Remember

Your AI Avatar is **not** here to replace you — it’s here to **support you**.\
Think of it as a super-powered assistant that allows you to help more students, be more available, and keep your teaching style consistent — all while giving you back more time for personal interaction and deeper teaching moments.

Need help getting started? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Set Up your AI Avatar

## A Step-by-Step Journey

Setting up your AI Avatar is like building your very own smart digital assistant — someone who communicates in your style, shares your expertise, and helps others when you can’t be there in person.<br>

Let’s walk through this journey together by creating an example AI Avatar called **Ava Contenti**, a Social Media Content Expert.

***

### Step 1: Start Your AI Avatar Creation

* Go to the **AI Avatars page**.
* Click the **"Create Avatar"** button.

This will open the setup form where you'll enter all the information that brings your AI Avatar to life.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FPT29LADalzxJn4H7W7Mv%2FScreenshot%202025-04-14%20at%206.48.10%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=f48511c1-befc-4453-b106-e95e380f2c04" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FfHgFY1R5W7FRizA6XgcN%2FScreenshot%202025-04-14%20at%206.48.42%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=1b75e6f5-1c28-401c-80f5-fa7c73f2c3a0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Step 2: Upload an AI Avatar Image

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FR01jFQTBcTrxASWWNDPR%2FScreenshot%202025-04-14%20at%206.53.32%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=7864e823-759f-4d98-af8e-93d4439816d5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You will see an option to **upload an image**.\
Choose a picture that matches your Avatar’s vibe and role.

> For Ava Contenti, we’ll upload a vibrant and friendly photo that reflects her creative and strategic personality — perfect for a social media expert.

✅ **Tip:**\
Pick an image that feels approachable, relatable, and fits the service your Avatar offers.

***

### Step 3: Fill Out the Basic Information

Here’s how we will fill out Ava’s profile:

| Field                     | Information for Ava Contenti                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
| ------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **AI Avatar Name**        | Ava Contenti                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        |
| **AI Avatar Description** | Ava is your go-to expert for all things social media. With a keen eye for trends, audience engagement, and platform algorithms, she crafts content strategies that turn followers into loyal fans. Whether it's creating high-converting posts, planning viral campaigns, or optimizing profiles for maximum reach, Ava brings creativity and data-driven insights together seamlessly. She specializes in Instagram, TikTok, LinkedIn, YouTube, and emerging platforms — always staying one step ahead of the digital curve. Ava can help you: Plan, create, and optimize content calendars. Generate ideas for viral posts, reels, and shorts. Craft compelling captions, hooks, and CTAs. Analyze engagement metrics to refine your strategy. Stay updated with the latest social media trends and best practices. Build authentic connections with your audience. Her tone is vibrant, creative, and strategic — just like the content she helps you produce. With Ava by your side, your social media presence won't just grow — it'll thrive. |

✅ **Tip:**\
Be detailed in the description — it helps users understand exactly how your Avatar can assist them.

***

### Step 4: Write a Friendly Welcome Message

Next, you’ll create a **Welcome Message** — the first thing users will see when they interact with your AI Avatar.

Here’s Ava’s welcome message:

> "Hey there! 👋 I’m Ava, your personal Social Media Content Expert. I'm here to help you create magnetic content, grow your audience, and make sure every post you share truly connects. Whether you're looking for fresh ideas, optimized strategies, or viral magic, I've got you covered. 🚀 Ready to take your social media game to the next level? Let’s get started!"

✅ **Tip:**\
Your welcome message sets the tone. Keep it warm, encouraging, and aligned with your Avatar’s role.

***

### Step 5: Define How Your AI Avatar Should Respond

Now, it’s time to describe the **Response Style** — how your Avatar will interact with users.

Here’s Ava’s response style:

> "I aim to respond in a way that feels like your trusted social media strategist and creative partner:
>
> * Friendly, upbeat, and motivating, so you always feel inspired.
> * Clear and actionable, providing step-by-step advice you can immediately use.
> * Trendy and up-to-date, always incorporating the latest platform updates and viral trends.
> * Creative yet strategic, ensuring your content not only looks great but also drives real results.
> * Supportive and personalized, adapting to your brand voice, goals, and audience.\
>   Think of me as your behind-the-scenes content coach — here to make social media simpler, smarter, and way more fun!"

✅ **Tip:**\
Choose a response style that reflects how you want people to feel when interacting with your AI Avatar — supported, motivated, or professionally guided.

***

### Step 6: Save and Preview Your AI Avatar

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3mPeo0iUfW5rovNbb7eS%2FScreenshot%202025-04-14%20at%207.30.24%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8da1e3b2-97bf-4f79-aa08-fc9b73717406" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Once you’ve filled in all the fields, click **Save Changes**.
* Preview your Avatar to see how it will look and interact with users.

You’ll see Ava’s smiling face, her welcoming message, and her vibrant communication style — ready to assist anyone who needs help with social media!

✅ **Tip:**\
It’s easy to go back and make edits later if you want to tweak the tone, image, or wording.

***

### Step 7: Attach a Knowledge Base

#### What is a Knowledge Base?

A **Knowledge Base** is like the **brain** of your AI Avatar.\
It’s a collection of documents, notes, guides, or materials that you upload to **teach your Avatar** more detailed information about your area of expertise.

Think of it like giving your AI Avatar a backpack full of resources it can pull from when answering questions.

Without a Knowledge Base, your Avatar can still chat and help based on your description and response style — but **with a Knowledge Base, your Avatar becomes smarter, more detailed, and more accurate**.

***

#### Why Should You Add a Knowledge Base?

* **Make Your Avatar Smarter:**\
  It can answer more complex questions, just like a real expert would.
* **Stay Consistent:**\
  Your Avatar will use the exact language, methods, and ideas you teach it, ensuring it always sounds like you.
* **Save Time:**\
  Instead of you repeating the same explanations over and over, your Avatar will handle it — using the correct materials you provide.
* **Build Trust:**\
  Users get more accurate, complete answers based on real knowledge, not just general advice.

***

#### What Can You Upload?

You can upload:

* PDFs (training guides, templates, FAQs, tutorials)
* Checklists or step-by-step instructions
* Case studies, best practices
* Resource documents, notes, or even course materials

✅ **Important:**\
Files must be **PDF format**.\
You can upload **up to 5 PDF files** (with a combined size of up to 50MB).

***

#### Example: Ava Contenti’s Knowledge Base

Let’s say we want Ava (our Social Media Content Expert Avatar) to know about:

* How to create a monthly content calendar
* How to write viral Instagram captions
* How to build authentic engagement on Instagram and LinkedIn

We could upload PDFs titled:

* “Content Calendar Blueprint.pdf”
* “Top TikTok Caption Strategies.pdf”
* “Authentic Engagement Guide.pdf”

These documents would allow Ava to **pull real strategies** and **specific examples** when someone asks for help — just like a real social media coach would.

***

For Ava, you might create:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F16WFqggN02Drvt8B7JTl%2FScreenshot%202025-04-14%20at%206.57.53%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a01d02aa-3ce6-4d47-9869-c853e2a7f502" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field                   | Example                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Knowledge Base Name** | Social Media Content Strategy Knowledge Base                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         |
| **Tags**                | social media, content marketing, Instagram, TikTok, LinkedIn, audience growth, branding                                                                                                                                                                                              |
| **Description**         | This Knowledge Base contains advanced strategies, best practices, templates, and real-world examples for building strong, engaging social media profiles across platforms. It covers viral content planning, caption writing, storytelling, brand building, and audience psychology. |

✅ **Tip:**\
Upload PDFs, guides, or templates that reinforce your Avatar’s knowledge and make their answers even richer and more accurate.

#### Can You Edit or Update the Knowledge Base Later?

Yes!\
You can always:

* Upload new PDFs.
* Replace outdated documents.
* Delete materials you no longer want your Avatar to reference.

**Keeping your Knowledge Base fresh** is one of the best ways to make sure your AI Avatar stays smart and relevant over time.

✅ **Tip:**\
Plan to review and refresh your Knowledge Base every 3 to 6 months.

***

### Step 8: Deploy Your AI Avatar

After reviewing everything:

* Click **Deploy** to make your AI Avatar live.
* Your users can now interact with your Avatar, get personalized advice, and enjoy the expertise you’ve built into it.

**And just like that — Ava Contenti is live and ready to help the world master social media marketing!**

***

## Quick Journey Summary

| Step | What You Did                                                       |
| ---- | ------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 1    | Clicked "Create Avatar"                                            |
| 2    | Uploaded an image                                                  |
| 3    | Entered the name, description, welcome message, and response style |
| 4    | Saved and previewed                                                |
| 5    | (Optional) Attached a Knowledge Base                               |
| 6    | Deployed the AI Avatar                                             |

***

## Final Thought

Setting up an AI Avatar is more than just filling out a form — it’s about **building a digital partner** that shares your skills, expertise, and style with the world.\
The more personal and thoughtful you make it, the more powerful and helpful it will be for others.

Need help getting started? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Train & Manage Your AI Avatar

Congratulations!\
Your AI Avatar is now live.\
But just like any great assistant, it can get even better over time through **training** and **management**.

In this section, we’ll show you how to **teach**, **improve**, and **keep your AI Avatar up-to-date** so it stays helpful, accurate, and aligned with your goals.

***

### Think of Your AI Avatar Like a Living Assistant

Even though your Avatar already knows a lot based on your initial setup, **ongoing training** helps it stay smart and grow even more capable.

Just like you would coach a new employee or assistant, you can coach your AI Avatar to:

* Learn new information
* Adjust how it answers certain types of questions
* Stay aligned with any changes in your business, content, or goals

***

### How to Train Your AI Avatar

#### 1. Add or Update the Knowledge Base

Your **Knowledge Base** is where your Avatar goes to learn deeper information.\
You can update it anytime to keep your Avatar sharp and relevant.

**To Update:**

* Go to your AI Avatar settings.
* Find the **Knowledge Base** section.
* **Upload new PDFs** or **replace old materials**.
* Save changes.

✅ **Example:**\
If Ava Contenti starts working with new social media platforms like Threads or BeReal, you can upload updated guides or strategies for those platforms.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FOjw4N6CAGVAHz3s0ycY4%2FMake%20Your%20Avatar%20Smarter%20Over%20Time.png?alt=media&amp;token=21db20d9-ad93-419b-b123-1445a36b3708" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 2. Edit Your Avatar’s Response Style

Over time, you might want your Avatar to:

* Sound more formal (for professional settings)
* Be more energetic (for community engagement)
* Adapt to new communication trends

**To Update:**

* Go to the **Response Style** section in the settings.
* Adjust the tone, examples, or type of advice you want the Avatar to give.
* Save your updates.

✅ **Example:**\
If Ava's audience shifts to a more business-oriented crowd, you might tweak her style to be slightly more formal and data-driven, while keeping her energy and creativity.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FCe5rZ7vaVd9PjFgO1Rfw%2FYour%20Digital%20Twin%20can%20Support%20Users%20247%20(1).png?alt=media&amp;token=fce38986-2648-4786-aa49-b941f2b529cc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. Fine-Tune Based on Feedback

Always pay attention to how users interact with your AI Avatar.\
Good signs your Avatar might need a little training include:

* Users asking questions the Avatar struggles to answer.
* Users needing more detailed advice.
* Changes in your field that require updated knowledge.

**To Fine-Tune:**

* Review chat transcripts or logs if available.
* Notice patterns in user questions.
* Update the Knowledge Base or refine welcome messages, descriptions, and responses as needed.

✅ **Tip:**\
Think of feedback as a gift — it shows exactly where you can improve your AI Avatar's skills!

***

### How to Manage Your AI Avatar

#### 1. Monitor Interactions

Regularly **check interactions** to see:

* What kinds of questions people are asking.
* How well your Avatar is answering them.
* Where improvements can be made.

Monitoring helps you ensure your AI Avatar stays on point.

***

#### 2. Refresh Content Periodically

The digital world changes fast.\
Especially for topics like technology, education, marketing, and business, **content can quickly become outdated**.

Make it a habit to:

* **Update your Knowledge Base** every 3–6 months.
* **Refresh your Avatar’s Welcome Message** if your services or focus changes.
* **Adjust tone and style** based on your evolving audience.

✅ **Example:**\
Ava Contenti should stay updated with the latest Instagram Reels features or TikTok algorithm updates — and so should her Knowledge Base.

***

#### 3. Archive or Replace Old Avatars (If Needed)

If you significantly change your brand or services:

* You can **create a new AI Avatar**.
* Or **retire** an older one by disabling it.

This way, you always have the most accurate, up-to-date representation helping your users.

***

## Quick Action Checklist

| Task                               | How Often                           | Purpose                           |
| ---------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------- |
| Update Knowledge Base              | Every 3–6 months                    | Keep information current          |
| Review Interaction Logs            | Monthly                             | Spot areas for improvement        |
| Refresh Avatar’s Style or Messages | As needed                           | Match evolving goals and audience |
| Create New Avatars                 | If your brand significantly changes | Stay aligned with new directions  |

***

## Final Thought

Training and managing your AI Avatar isn't complicated — it's just like mentoring a great assistant.\
The more you guide it, the smarter and more helpful it becomes.

By staying involved:

* Your AI Avatar will always feel fresh, knowledgeable, and perfectly in tune with your audience’s needs.
* You’ll get maximum value — whether it’s for customer support, community engagement, personal branding, or any other goal.

***

✅ **Now you're fully ready!**\
You've learned how to **create**, **train**, and **manage** an AI Avatar that works just like a digital version of you — ready to serve, support, and connect anytime.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>

<br>


# AI Agents

###


# What is an AI Agent?

An **AI Agent** is a smart, task-focused assistant you can create to handle a specific job for you — like evaluating essays, solving math problems, walking users through decision-making steps, answering FAQs, or providing structured support for a learning activity.

You define exactly what the AI Agent should do, how it should behave, and what kind of information it needs to complete that task — all without writing code.

**You can think of an AI Agent as a custom digital tool that’s designed to do one thing — and do it really well.**

***

### &#x20;AI Agent vs. AI Avatar: What's the Difference?

| Feature           | **AI Avatar**                                             | **AI Agent**                                                            |
| ----------------- | --------------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Purpose**       | A digital persona that communicates in your voice or tone | A task-driven assistant built to perform a clear task/function          |
| **Tone**          | Friendly, human-like, personalized                        | Direct, structured, goal-oriented                                       |
| **Behavior**      | Converses naturally like a human would                    | Executes logical steps or processes                                     |
| **Customization** | Focus on style, tone, welcome message, and knowledge base | Focus on logic, task instructions, data sources, and capability toggles |
| **Best For**      | Coaching, mentoring, Q\&A support, branding your voice    | Grading, evaluating, generating structured feedback, guiding decisions  |

**Think of an AI Avatar as a digital&#x20;*****you*****, while an AI Agent is more like a digital&#x20;*****tool*****.**

***

### What Can AI Agents Be Used For?

AI Agents are highly flexible and can be designed for many different industries, roles, and tasks.&#x20;

Here are some popular use cases across education, business, and personal productivity:

***

#### **Education Use Cases**

* **Essay Evaluator:** Grade student essays using rubrics, criteria, and generate detailed feedback.
* **Math Problem Solver:** Break down math problems step-by-step, showing the process clearly.
* **Practice Quiz Generator:** Generate practice questions based on a specific topic or skill.
* **Homework Feedback Agent:** Review uploaded answers and provide corrections, hints, and explanations.
* **Lab Report Reviewer:** Analyze student lab reports based on structure, hypotheses, observations, and conclusions.
* **Language Practice Tool:** Review written language input for grammar, structure, and vocabulary improvement.

***

#### **Business Use Cases**

* **Customer Inquiry Router:** Help customers describe their issue, then categorize and route the ticket to the right team.
* **Resume Screener Agent:** Review resumes against a job description and provide a match score.
* **Meeting Note Summarizer:** Analyze uploaded transcripts or recordings and generate concise meeting summaries.
* **Product Recommendation Agent:** Guide users to the right product based on a series of preference-based questions.
* **Market Research Analyzer:** Summarize large documents or PDFs with insights, themes, and action items.

***

#### **Creator & Personal Use Cases**

* **Content Optimizer:** Review social media posts, blogs, or newsletters and suggest improvements for clarity or engagement.
* **Fitness Goal Planner:** Ask users about their fitness goals, then suggest a plan based on provided guidelines.
* **Book Summary Generator:** Summarize chapters of uploaded books into digestible, structured content.
* **Travel Planner Agent:** Ask for travel preferences and generate a trip plan based on input and rules.
* **Daily Journal Analyzer:** Interpret daily logs or journal entries and offer well-being tips or reflections.

***

### How AI Agents Work (at a High Level)

When creating an AI Agent, you:

1. **Define the task** (e.g., evaluate, solve, summarize, recommend)
2. **Write instructions** (what should the agent do, how should it respond?)
3. **Provide supporting material** (like scoring rubrics, examples, templates)
4. **Choose capabilities** (internet access, math environment, knowledge base)
5. **Deploy and test** the agent to start using it

Once live, your AI Agent is ready to help — immediately and at scale — 24/7.

***

### Why Should You Use AI Agents?

**For Creators, Teachers, Coaches, or Businesses:**

* Save time on repetitive, manual tasks
* Maintain quality and consistency across all user interactions
* Scale your expertise — help more people without increasing your hours
* Get started without writing any code or hiring developers

**For Your Audience, Students, or Users:**

* Get faster, more reliable feedback and support
* Enjoy clear, structured interactions for specific needs
* Feel guided — not overwhelmed — when working through complex topics

***

### When Should You Build an AI Agent?

Create an AI Agent when you:

* Have a **specific task** you repeat often
* Want to **automate** structured processes
* Need to **respond consistently** to many users
* Want to build a **helpful assistant** that doesn’t just talk — it performs a job


# Set Up your AI Agent

## **Full Process (Step-by-Step)**

***

Creating an AI Agent is like building your own smart digital assistant — one that performs a specific task exactly the way you want it to.&#x20;

In this section, we’ll walk through the full process together, using a real-life example to show how it works.

Let’s build an AI Agent called **“Essay Evaluator”** — an assistant that can grade essays using rubrics and generate helpful feedback.

***

### Step 1: Open the AI Agents Dashboard

* From the left-hand menu, click on **AI Agents**.
* This takes you to the main screen where you can:

  * Browse and reuse ready-made agents
  * See agents you’ve already created
  * Start building your own agent

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F5GXLWLBNS74fxktoXSyW%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.17.18%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9b4a2ac3-8517-4ad0-9c87-bb804767ad6b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Step 2: Choose How You Want to Build

At the top of the screen, you’ll see this question:

> **“What do you want to build?”**

Here, you’ll describe in plain language what you want your AI Agent to do. For example:

> *“I want to build an AI Agent that can read and evaluate student essays based on five criteria: content relevance, structure, grammar, critical thinking, and clarity. It should give a total score and individual feedback on each section.”*

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FgJuWUg4MemEcKpJh4FuK%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.20.55%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=484e4643-c3cc-4641-8cbf-a3f2280f3147" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once you enter this, you have two options:

#### ➤ Option 1: **Generate with AI**

* Click **Generate** to let the platform automatically fill in all the fields for you.
* The system will generate:
  * Agent name
  * Agent description
  * Welcome message
  * Tool logic prompt
* You can review and edit everything before saving.

#### ➤ Option 2: **Build Manually**

* Click **Build Manually** if you want full control.
* You’ll manually enter each setup field step-by-step:

| Field                 | What to Enter                                                                                                                                                   |
| --------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Agent Name**        | A simple name like “Essay Evaluator” or “Grammar Coach”                                                                                                         |
| **Agent Description** | A short sentence explaining what the agent does. Example: *“An assistant that evaluates essays based on specific scoring criteria and gives helpful feedback.”* |
| **Welcome Message**   | This is the first message users will see. Example: *“Hello and welcome! I’m the Essay Evaluator. 📝🎓 Please upload or paste your essay to get started.”*       |
| **Tool Icon**         | Optional image or icon to personalize the agent’s look                                                                                                          |

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FzDFYMORMobfk3bJp2VBk%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.22.21%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=700af80e-af03-4618-bb78-d5e0913d5fc4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

✅ **Tip:** If you prefer customization and already have a clear idea, use the **Build Manually** option. If you need help getting started, **Generate** is a great head start.

***

### Step 3: Define the Tool Logic (Agent Instructions)

Next, you’ll write a **Tool Prompt** — a detailed instruction that tells your AI Agent exactly what it should do.

#### Example Tool Logic for “Essay Evaluator”:

> *“Essay Evaluator greets the user and asks them to upload or paste their essay. It then evaluates the essay based on five criteria: (1) Content Relevance, (2) Structure & Organization, (3) Grammar & Language, (4) Originality & Critical Thinking, and (5) Clarity. For each area, the agent assigns a score, provides a brief comment, and then shares a total score out of 100 along with a summary paragraph of feedback.”*

✅ **Tip:** Be as clear and specific as possible — the more structured your instructions, the better your agent will perform.

### Step 4: Adjust Advanced Settings (Optional but Powerful)

Once you've defined what your AI Agent should do, you have the option to **fine-tune how it behaves** by adjusting advanced AI settings. These controls help you shape the *style*, *depth*, and *creativity* of your agent’s responses.

Here are the settings you’ll see:

#### **AI Engine Options**

This lets you choose the type of AI model that powers your Agent. Think of it as choosing the engine for your car — it affects how powerful and capable your Agent is.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FAQUhbHuWTwxsbIjCrQxx%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.22.50%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=6d931bf7-5ba5-4c31-97e2-748d2035a7ac" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You have two options:

#### Option 1: Use an Existing AI Avatar as the Engine

If you’ve already created an AI Avatar on the platform (like a tutor, coach, or expert), you can select that avatar as the core engine. This means your Agent will inherit the voice, tone, style, and personality from your Avatar.

* Best for when you want your AI Agent to reflect your existing assistant’s approach.
* Your Agent will still perform the specific task you assign, but with the Avatar’s voice and behavior.

#### Option 2: Use a Predefined AI Model

If you don’t want to use an Avatar, you can choose a general-purpose AI model:

* **GPT-3.5**: Efficient and basic, suitable for simple tasks.
* **GPT-4**: Advanced and more accurate for reasoning and detailed logic.
* **GPT-4o**: Optimized version of GPT-4, faster and better at multi-step thinking and language nuance.

> ✅ **Recommendation**: Use **GPT-4o** if you want the best mix of performance and depth — especially for evaluation, analysis, or tutoring use cases.

***

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F4HXcWw9jcikkMNcYc4Yd%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.22.42%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=681faa98-af19-4492-bdb9-e7ab23f57326" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Impact of Temperature on Output**

#### **Low Temperature (e.g. 0.1 – 0.3)**

* **Output:** Safe, repetitive, very logical.
* **Tone:** Formal, predictable.
* **Use Case:** Factual answers, technical documentation, or summaries.

**Example Prompt:** “Tell me a story about a dog.”\
**Low temp output:**

> “Once upon a time, there was a dog. He lived in a house. He liked to play fetch.”

*Very boring, but safe.*

***

#### **High Temperature (e.g. 0.8 – 1.0)**

* **Output:** Creative, diverse, surprising.
* **Tone:** Casual, sometimes wacky or inconsistent.
* **Use Case:** Brainstorming ideas, writing poems or fiction, jokes.

**Same prompt:**

> “Once upon a time, a sky-blue dog named Zibble rode a skateboard through the clouds, searching for the lost bone of Atlantis.”

*Wild, imaginative, sometimes silly.*

***

### 2. **Impact of Top-p on Output**

#### **High Top-p (e.g. 0.9 – 1.0)**

* **Output:** Diverse and open-ended, includes many possible choices.
* **Effect:** Allows occasional creative flair without being too random.
* **Use Case:** Balanced creativity with coherence — e.g., marketing copy or storytelling.

***

#### &#x20;**Low Top-p (e.g. 0.3 – 0.6)**

* **Output:** Tightly focused, limited vocabulary.
* **Effect:** Reduces risk of strange or incorrect answers — but can sound robotic or repetitive.
* **Use Case:** Short answers, precise instructions, customer support.

***

### **Combining the Two: How They Interact**

| Temperature  | Top-p      | Output Style                                                             |
| ------------ | ---------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| Low (0.2)    | High (1.0) | Precise, logical, but a little boring                                    |
| High (1.0)   | High (1.0) | Wildly creative, possibly chaotic                                        |
| Medium (0.7) | Low (0.5)  | Focused but fresh                                                        |
| High (0.9)   | Low (0.3)  | Less diversity, but still picks odd words — often quirky or inconsistent |

### TL;DR Summary

| Setting        | Effect on Output                  |
| -------------- | --------------------------------- |
| **Low Temp**   | More predictable, repetitive      |
| **High Temp**  | More surprising, creative, varied |
| **Low Top-p**  | Narrow choices, more focused      |
| **High Top-p** | Wider range, more expressive      |

***

### Step 5: Enable Capabilities (What Can Your Agent Do?)

Your AI Agent can be enhanced with optional capabilities. These are *add-ons* that expand what your agent is able to handle.

You’ll see three options:

***

#### **1. Internet Access**

Allows your agent to **search the web in real-time** to fetch up-to-date information.

Use it for:

* Research-based agents
* Product comparison tools
* Current event-related tasks

> ⚠️ **Not needed** for tasks like essay grading, math solving, or document-based feedback.

***

#### **2. Math Environment**

Activates a special math engine so your AI Agent can:

* Do advanced calculations
* Solve equations step-by-step
* Show math solutions clearly

> ✅ **Best for:** Math tutors, test prep agents (SAT, GRE, etc.), homework checkers.

***

#### **3. Knowledge Base**

Allows your Agent to **refer to PDFs or documents** that you upload. This makes your Agent more accurate, detailed, and personalized to your specific way of working.

We’ll explore this further in Step 6 (below), but here’s a quick preview:

> ✅ **Great for:** Agents that grade, explain, coach, review, or answer in-depth questions using your material.

***

### Step 6: Add a Knowledge Base (To Train Your Agent with Your Own Material)

A **Knowledge Base** is a collection of learning materials (usually PDFs) that your Agent can study and refer to when answering questions.

This makes your Agent more powerful and context-aware. It's like giving your assistant a binder full of instructions, examples, and guidelines.

***

#### When Should You Use a Knowledge Base?

Use it if:

* You want your Agent to follow a specific grading rubric
* You have teaching guides, SOPs, FAQs, or resource manuals
* You want the Agent to speak in your voice or follow your method

***

#### How to Add One

If you checked the **Knowledge Base** box in Step 5, you’ll now see the following options:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FkMpIKdwBdYhnbypMON1p%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.23.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2c91d93b-76a6-46f4-b933-54d0f14e28fa" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Option 1: Select Existing Knowledge Base**

If you’ve already uploaded materials before, simply choose from the dropdown list.

***

**Option 2: Create a New Knowledge Base**

Click **“Create New Knowledge Base”** and fill out the form:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMI0lOyck5bL7tnM2lIfM%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.23.58%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c83c711f-42b5-4561-bd21-88cd2427adf0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Field            | What to Enter                                                                                                                    |
| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Name**         | Give it a clear title, like “Essay Evaluation Knowledge Base”                                                                    |
| **Description**  | Describe what the documents contain. For example: *“Includes essay rubrics, sample scoring guides, and evaluator instructions.”* |
| **Tags**         | Add searchable keywords like: essay, rubric, SAT, IELTS                                                                          |
| **Upload Files** | Upload PDFs (drag and drop or browse from your device). Max 10 files, total size up to 50 MB.                                    |

**Examples of Uploadable Documents (according to our example)**:

* `essay-rubric.pdf`
* `grading-criteria-handbook.pdf`
* `sample-high-score-essay.pdf`

Once you hit **Create**, your Knowledge Base will be attached to your Agent and ready to use.

> **Now your AI Agent knows your way of doing things.**

We are adding an example of knowledge base creation for our essay evaluator tool.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FtZ9mHooJDsmxheYs3SGj%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%205.25.59%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c2c40bb9-22f0-4e31-be5c-eeb0432eb7e0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### What Happens Next?

Once added, your AI Agent will be able to:

* Reference these documents while answering questions
* Stay consistent with your standards and formats
* Explain its logic using the material you provided

### Complete Setup Summary

| Step       | What You Did                                                                |
| ---------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Step 1** | Opened the AI Agents dashboard                                              |
| **Step 2** | Chose whether to use “Generate with AI” or “Build Manually”                 |
| **Step 3** | Entered core details: name, description, welcome message, and image         |
| **Step 4** | Selected the AI engine — either an existing AI Avatar or a predefined model |
| **Step 5** | Enabled capabilities like internet access, math solving, or knowledge base  |
| **Step 6** | Attached or created a Knowledge Base with your own training materials       |
| **Step 7** | Saved and launched your Agent for live use                                  |

Your AI Agent is now ready — fully customized, purpose-built, and powered by your instructions and resources.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Manage and Improve Your AI Agent

Once your AI Agent is live, the journey doesn’t stop there.\
To make sure it continues to deliver high-quality responses and stays aligned with your goals, it’s important to **review its performance, keep it updated, and train it over time**.

This part will show you exactly how to manage and improve your AI Agent so it remains effective, helpful, and accurate.

***

### Why Agent Management Matters

AI Agents are like digital assistants. The better you train and support them, the more useful they become.

Managing your Agent helps you:

* Fix gaps in understanding or incorrect behavior
* Improve answer quality and response style
* Adapt to new topics, tasks, or audience needs
* Ensure the Agent always reflects your standards

***

### Step 1: Monitor Your Agent’s Interactions

Begin by reviewing how your AI Agent is performing:

* Look at **recent user interactions** or queries.
* Note where users seem satisfied or where follow-up questions occur.
* Identify if the Agent misses key points or misunderstands tasks.

These reviews give you real, practical insights into how well your Agent is doing its job.

Tip: If users keep asking the same type of question or getting confused, that’s a strong sign your Agent needs more training or adjustments.

***

### Step 2: Update the Tool Prompt or Instructions

If your Agent’s responses aren’t quite right:

* Revisit the **Tool Logic Prompt** (the instruction you gave during setup).
* Make your instructions more specific, structured, or detailed.

For example:

* If users are getting vague feedback on essays, update the prompt to include phrases like “Give specific examples in your feedback” or “Avoid generic advice.”

You can change the logic anytime — just go into the Agent settings, update the prompt, and save changes.

***

### Step 3: Refresh or Expand the Knowledge Base

Your Knowledge Base is what powers deeper understanding.\
Keeping it current ensures your Agent always has access to the most relevant and correct information.

Here’s how to manage it:

* Add **new documents** if your standards, rubrics, or strategies evolve.
* Replace outdated files to ensure the Agent isn’t using old data.
* Remove irrelevant or unused files to keep things clean.

Tip: Plan to update your Knowledge Base every 3–6 months or whenever you introduce a new workflow, product, or curriculum.

***

### Step 4: Adjust Capabilities (If Needed)

If your Agent’s task changes or expands, you might need to turn on or off additional capabilities:

* Enable **Internet Access** if you now want your Agent to look up real-time info.
* Activate the **Math Environment** if your Agent needs to solve calculations.
* Add new **Knowledge Bases** if you're covering new topics or departments.

You can always revisit these in the Agent settings and update them as your needs grow.

***

### Step 5: Use Multiple AI Agents for Different Tasks

Instead of trying to make one AI Agent do everything, consider building **multiple task-specific Agents**.

Examples:

* One Agent for grading
* Another for answering FAQs
* A third for training or tutorials

Each one can have its own logic, tone, knowledge base, and behavior. This keeps each Agent focused, specialized, and easier to manage.

***

### Step 6: Test and Iterate Regularly

Test your Agent the way your users would:

* Try asking different types of questions
* Review the quality and structure of the answers
* Check if it follows your instructions correctly

Each test gives you valuable information that you can use to fine-tune its performance.

Tip: Treat your Agent like a work-in-progress. The best-performing Agents are the ones that get regular updates and reviews.

***

### Step 7: Archive or Retire When Needed

If an Agent becomes outdated or is no longer useful:

* You can **archive it** so it’s no longer visible to users.
* Or delete it permanently if it's no longer needed.

This keeps your workspace clean and makes it easier to manage your current Agents.

***

### Final Checklist: Managing Your AI Agent

| Task                    | Purpose                                | How Often                        |
| ----------------------- | -------------------------------------- | -------------------------------- |
| Review interactions     | Spot issues or gaps in answers         | Weekly or monthly                |
| Update tool prompt      | Improve logic and response accuracy    | As needed                        |
| Refresh knowledge base  | Keep information current               | Every 3–6 months                 |
| Adjust capabilities     | Add/remove tools like internet or math | When your needs change           |
| Test agent performance  | Ensure it responds well                | Before launch and during updates |
| Archive outdated agents | Clean up old or unused setups          | Occasionally                     |

***

### Final Thought

An AI Agent is not a one-time setup — it’s a **living assistant** that improves the more you train and refine it.

With regular updates and thoughtful management, your Agent can become one of the most effective tools in your digital workflow — always ready, always aligned with your standards, and always working for you.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Course Management


# Basic Tour

Imagine walking into a well-organized classroom where everything you need is at your fingertips - your lesson plans, practice materials, tests, and student assignments, all neatly arranged. That's exactly what your Course Management dashboard is, just in digital form!

Think of your Course Management dashboard like a digital classroom where you organize all your teaching materials. It's the one place where you can create, manage, and share your courses with students.&#x20;

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FO2O4TyuIy2cqpMjt3l4T%2FCreate-course2.webp?alt=media&amp;token=b7a327ee-b4be-4e1e-81d1-0a68d19fbfee" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Understanding Course States

Courses in the system can have different states:

1. **Drafts**: These are courses you’re still working on. Think of them as works in progress.
2. **Ready to Deploy**: Courses that are complete and ready to launch but not yet live.
3. **Deployed**: Active courses currently accessible to students.
4. **Archived**: Completed courses you’ve stored for future reference.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FjChHpITjjRnMMLybWCzE%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%206.07.11%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=eccfce88-1b8d-4298-a548-5ebe90324bba" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Complete Course Management with VEGA

VEGA, your AI assistant, will guide you through four simple steps:

### The 4-Step Process

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FXOnhdxxLHamelUflDWo1%2FScreenshot%202024-12-20%20at%206.57.28%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=1db210c8-200e-408b-88ca-222d6a8d1078" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## Step 1: Building Your Course Structure&#x20;

Think of this like designing the blueprint of your course. Just as you would plan out your semester, but now VEGA helps make it much simpler!

### Setting Your Course Name & Basic Parameters

* Name your course something clear and specific, like "SAT Math Prep 2025" or "AP Calculus AB Summer Boot Camp"
* Choose key details like:
  * Duration (3 months, 6 months, etc.)
  * Subject area (Math, Reading & Writing, etc.)
  * Target exam (SAT, ACT, AP, etc.)
  * Difficulty level (Beginner, Advanced, etc.)

### Defining Sections and Modules

Just like chapters in a textbook, but more flexible:

* Main Sections - Example for SAT Math:
  * Algebra
  * Problem Solving & Data Analysis
  * Advanced Math
  * Geometry & Trigonometry
* Sub-Modules - Example under Algebra:
  * Linear Equations
  * Systems of Equations
  * Quadratic Equations
  * Inequalities

### Establishing Section Weightage

This helps you prioritize what's most important:

* Decide how much time and focus each section needs
* Example distribution for SAT Math:
  * Algebra: 35%
  * Problem Solving: 30%
  * Advanced Math: 20%
  * Geometry: 15%

## Step 2: Adding Your Teaching Resources&#x20;

### Lesson Plans

* Create structured guides for each topic
* Include:
  * Learning objectives
  * Key concepts to cover
  * Example problems
  * Common misconceptions to address
* Let VEGA help generate lesson outlines that you can customize

### Practice Materials

VEGA can help you create:

* Worksheets for different difficulty levels
* Step-by-step solution guides
* Practice problem sets
* Quick review sheets
* Study guides and summaries

### Uploading Existing Content

Easily import your current teaching materials:

* PDF worksheets
* PowerPoint presentations
* Word documents
* Scanned textbook pages
* Previous year question papers

### AI-Generated Resources

Let VEGA create additional materials:

* Similar practice problems
* Explanatory notes
* Concept summaries
* Flash cards

## Step 3: Creating Your Assessment System&#x20;

### Test Types

Create different assessments for various purposes:

* Diagnostic tests - to understand student starting points
* Topic-wise quizzes - for checking understanding after each concept
* Section tests - to assess mastery of larger units
* Full-length practice tests - to simulate exam conditions
* Custom drills - for targeting specific weaknesses

### Question Banks

Build your collection of questions:

* Import questions from existing materials
* Let VEGA generate similar questions
* Organize by:
  * Topic
  * Difficulty level
  * Question type
  * Common mistakes addressed

### Test Parameters

Set Things Like:

* Time limits
* Number of questions
* Question order (random or fixed)
* Scoring rules
* Performance feedback level
* Solution visibility options

### AI-Assisted Assessments

Use VEGA to:

* Generate variations of questions
* Create personalized practice sets
* Develop targeted review materials
* Design adaptive tests that adjust to student performance

## Step 4: Launching Your Course&#x20;

### Content Review

Final check before going live:

* Verify all materials are complete
* Test all links and resources
* Preview student experience
* Check for any missing content

### Deployment Schedule

Plan your course rollout:

* Set start and end dates
* Schedule when specific modules become available
* Plan assessment dates
* Set up revision periods

### Student Assignment

Organize your learners:

* Create student groups/batches
* Set access permissions
* Assign specific materials to different groups
* Configure learning paths for different student levels

### Publishing

Make your course live:

* Activate student access
* Send welcome communications
* Monitor initial engagement
* Be ready for student questions

💡 **Pro Tip**: Remember, VEGA is there to help at each step. If you're unsure about anything, just ask VEGA for suggestions or examples. It's like having a knowledgeable teaching assistant available 24/7!

### Next Steps

Ready to create your first course? Click the "Add New Course" button and follow VEGA's guidance, or proceed to next section for detailed instructions on building your course structure.

<br>


# Create a Structure

## Course Structure: Creating with VEGA

### Interactive Structure Creation

Creating a well-organised course structure is crucial for effective learning. This section will guide you through setting up a structured, comprehensive course framework.&#x20;

In this guide, we’ll walk you through creating your first course step-by-step. To make the process practical, we’ll create a **SAT Math Course for the 2025 Batch** together. By the end, you’ll have a fully structured course ready to be deployed.

Let’s get started!

### Step 1: Naming Your Course with VEGA AI

When you first click "Create New Course," VEGA AI greets you warmly – much like a friendly colleague would. Think of this initial chat as a planning meeting, but one where your assistant already knows all about test prep and educational best practices.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3Q9PBk1MAxXSBuZ5LbUY%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%206.12.07%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ae6c5b19-e767-4e7a-87d6-269e53b81a22" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Why It Matters:**\
Your course name is like a roadmap—it tells students (and VEGA AI) what the course covers. A clear, specific name helps avoid confusion and sets expectations.

This helps you keep things organized, especially when you have multiple courses.

**How to Do It Right:**

1. **Be Specific:** Include the exam type, subject, and target audience.
   * *Weak Example:* “Math Course”
   * **Strong Example:** *“SAT Math 2025: Algebra & Advanced Topics (Beginner-Friendly)”*
2. **Keep It Simple:** Avoid jargon. Use terms students already recognize.
   * *Good:* *“TOEFL Speaking Masterclass: Fluency & Pronunciation”*
3. **Add a Unique Identifier:** If you offer multiple batches or versions, include dates or levels.
   * *Example:* *“AP Biology Crash Course – Summer Batch 2025”*

As we are building a SAT MATCH COURSE along side you.&#x20;

We are choosing the name to be : "SAT Math Mastery 2025: Advanced Track"

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FnJhY7f3UImi0EJ27lf5N%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%206.17.30%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9460f56c-e90e-4770-85e8-c024d4833742" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### **Step 2: Creating the Course Structure**

You have two options to build your course outline:

***

**Option 1: Upload a PDF Syllabus**

*(Recommended for Existing Materials)*

**How It Works:**

1. **Upload Your PDF:**
   * Ensure it has a clear table of contents or headings (e.g., **Unit 1: Algebra**).
   * Keep it short (2-4 pages).&#x20;
   * For longer syllabi, split the longer pdf and **extract only key pages** or upload the snapshot of the parts where the syllabus lies.
2. **Add a small Prompt for VEGA AI:**
   * Write a short instruction in the chat box to guide the VEGA AI better:

     ```
     Extract all units and subtopics.  
     This syllabus contains:  
     - 4 Main Units  
     - 20 Topics (5 per Unit)  
     - 3 Subtopics per Topic  
     ```

* **If it will have a clear understanding of how many Units, topic or subtopics are there, it will do a much better job.**

**What VEGA AI Does:**

* Scans the PDF and creates this structure automatically:

  ```
  Unit 1: Algebra (5 Topics)  
    Topic 1.1: Linear Equations  
    Topic 1.2: Quadratic Functions  
    Topic 1.3: Polynomials  
    ...  
  Unit 2: Geometry (5 Topics)  
    Topic 2.1: Triangles & Trigonometry  
    Topic 2.2: Circles  
    ...  
  ```

***

**Option 2: Build from Scratch with AI**

*(Do this if starting fresh and have no reference pdf)*

* Just clarify that you don't have any pdf or reference and VEGA AI will build it from scratch, which you can modify according to your requirements.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNOpU6WVEnNx7l5XCiz03%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%206.59.21%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=5d41eefb-bce4-48c3-a242-74e6725ad1d5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FqyvMZGu8qM2tEvNzlREM%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%207.00.04%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=32ea5f9b-2023-4bc7-a688-93979a168070" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* VEGA suggests relevant subjects based on course name
* You can confirm or modify suggested subjects
* Add or remove subjects as needed
* Interactive refinement through conversation

**Customize Like a Pro:**

* **Add/Remove Topics:**
  * Example: Add *“Topic 4.6: Complex Numbers”* under Advanced Math.
  * Example: Add Geometry as well.

***

#### Now once you are satisfied with the course outline.&#x20;

Click on "SAVE COURSE"

It will give you a pop up for you to decide if you want to give weightage for topics and subtopics (if any)

You can chose according to you requirements.

For our DEMO Course we are choosing to define the weightage.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F9C5XHbv8CttuRRmGoFip%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%207.12.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c5a41bf0-20fc-474b-9a70-24da93119d0e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### VEGA AI helps create a hierarchical structure:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FTn93Vv8x7dotlyAm0FO1%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%207.22.24%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=28cd6813-ccc6-4956-a888-88bddcf582cc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### **Weightage Distribution and Visual Course Structure**

Once VEGA AI understands your course structure, it generates a detailed, **hierarchical view** of your course. This view is designed to help you structure and organize your course before moving to the next stage.

#### **Visual Map of the Course**

* **Hierarchical Organization**: The course structure is displayed as a tree-like diagram, showing the relationships between units, topics, and subtopics.
* **Color-Coded Sections**: Each unit is color-coded for easy identification. For example, Algebra might be green, Geometry blue, and Data Analysis red.
* **Weightage Distribution**: VEGA automatically assigns **weightages** to each unit, ensuring that the focus aligns with exam patterns.

#### **What is Weightage?**

Weightage refers to the importance or emphasis given to each unit or topic in the course. For example:

* If **Algebra** accounts for 40% of the SAT Math exam, its weightage should reflect that (e.g., 40% of the total course weightage).

***

#### **Key Features of the Visual Map**

1. **Automatic Weightage Assignment**: VEGA calculates default weightages based on its understanding of the course but allows you to adjust these as needed.
2. **Interactive Editing**: You can add, delete, or modify nodes (topics, subtopics) directly on the map.
3. **Bird’s Eye View**: This high-level visualization helps you see the overall balance and ensure all areas are covered.

💡 **Pro Tip**: While setting weightages, consider the exam pattern. For example, if SAT emphasizes Algebra more than Geometry, you might assign:

* Algebra: 40%
* Geometry: 30%
* Data Analysis: 30%

### **Course Stages in VEGA AI**

VEGA AI organizes your course development into **four stages**. Each stage has specific rules to help you refine and finalize your course.

***

#### **1. Drafted Stage**

This is the initial stage where you build and customize your course from scratch. It’s the most flexible stage, allowing you to make significant changes.

**What You Can Do:**

* Add, edit, or delete nodes (units, topics, subtopics).
* Adjust weightages for all sections.
* Ensure the total weightage sums to **100%** (this is required to move forward).
* Experiment with different course layouts.

💡 **Note**: Until the total weightage equals 100%, you won’t be able to move the course to the next stage.

**Example:**

* You realize Algebra needs more emphasis. Add topics like **Absolute Value Equations** or increase the weightage for **Advanced Functions**.

***

#### **2. Ready to Deploy**

Once the course structure is complete and the weightages add up to 100%, you can mark the course as “Ready.”

**What Happens Here:**

* The course moves into the **Ready to Deploy** phase.
* **You can no longer delete nodes (topics or subtopics).**

💡 **Pro Tip**: Use this stage to finalize your content. While you can’t delete nodes anymore

***

#### **3. Deployed Stage**

Once a course is marked as “Deployed,” it becomes live and ready for student access. This is the final stage.

**What You Can Do:**

* Launch the course for students.
* Track progress and performance.

**What You Can’t Do:**

* Make structural changes to the course (e.g., adding or deleting nodes).

💡 **Tip**: Ensure everything is perfect before moving to this stage, as structural edits are locked at this point.

### Next Steps

Once you're satisfied with the structure and weightages, proceed to next section to learn about creating and managing course resources.

<br>


# Upload or Generate Resources

## Resources: Upload or Generate Course Content

#### **Introduction: Your Time-Saving Classroom Assistant**

After designing your course structure (like setting up chapters in a textbook), the next step is filling it with **learning materials**. Think of this as stocking your classroom shelves with books, worksheets, and study guides—but digitally! With VEGA AI, you can:

1. **Upload** materials you already have (PDFs, Word docs, images).
2. **Generate** new resources instantly using AI.

No tech skills needed! Let’s explore how this works.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FqJhSTjJHhN6XwOUNDiki%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2011.13.09%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=918e110a-1d56-459f-b95f-27ed3237871d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Resource Generation Process

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1ir08zLm86Jl4zB809U4%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.27.57%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=02b430cf-b4b7-4ce3-b4b6-a7e107f9ea63" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Resource                       | What it does                                |
| ------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------- |
| 📋 Project Generator           | Create real-world tasks or mini-projects    |
| ✏️ Lesson Plan Generator       | Make a day-by-day teaching plan             |
| 🔁 Revision Material Generator | Help students review important topics       |
| 📘 Lecture Notes Generator     | Summarize your lessons neatly               |
| 📖 Reading Material Generator  | Suggest extra reading to go deeper          |
| 🧠 Worksheet Generator         | Create exercises and drills                 |
| 🃏 Flash Cards Generator       | Turn key concepts into quick questions      |
| 📝 Rubric Generator            | Make a scoring guide for open-ended answers |

#### 1. **Go to Course Resources**

Once inside your course, click on the **“Course Resources”** tab at the top. You’ll see different types of resources you can create.

#### 2. **Pick What You Want to Make**

Want to give your students a worksheet? Click **“Worksheet Generator.”**\
Need revision notes? Click **“Revision Material Generator.”**

VEGA AI will help you build it in seconds using your course topics.

#### 3. **Choose Who It’s For**

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FccLRlzXUaQSAbJ5aX14Y%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%207.58.49%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=d32f8060-384d-487d-910b-ab5895fa90fd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Now decide who gets the resource:

* 👤 Just one student? Great for personal tutoring.
* 👥 A whole batch? Perfect for classroom or group settings.
* ✅ Multiple students? Pick anyone you like.

> **Why this matters**: It’s like giving the right tool to the right person. A hammer is great for a carpenter but useless for a painter!

***

#### Quick Assignment Steps

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FWoAmEustgqg82mNiFAfE%2FScreenshot%202025-02-02%20at%207.59.21%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2981dbc1-40b9-4393-807a-880955baca22" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Select target audience
   * Individual students: For personalized learning
   * Batches: For group assignments
   * Multiple selection: Flexible grouping

&#x20;  Why important: Ensures right content reaches right students

2. Set schedule
   * Start date/time: When resource becomes available
   * End date/time: Submission deadline
   * Timezone: Ensures correct timing for all students

&#x20;   Tip: Consider student schedules and workload

3. Click "Assign Now"
   * Finalises the assignment
   * Automatically notifies students
   * Creates tracking record

#### Important Notes

* No modifications after assignment
  * Double-check all settings
  * Verify student selections
  * Confirm dates and times
* Timezone considerations
  * Account for different student locations
  * Prevent timing confusion
  * Ensure fair access

### Next Steps

Once your resources are in place, move on to next section  to learn about creating and managing tests and assessments.

<br>


# Types of Resources

## VEGA AI Resource Type Guide

**Your all-in-one guide to building learning materials with ease**

Once your course structure is done, it’s time to add learning materials that help students understand, revise, and apply what they’ve learned. VEGA AI makes this process super easy with smart tools called **Resource Generators**.

Think of each generator like a helpful assistant. You give it a topic or goal, and it quickly builds the content for you—ready to assign to students!

***

## Resource-1:  *Project Generator*

**Create meaningful, ready-to-assign student projects in minutes!**

Projects help students apply what they’ve learned in the real world—whether it’s solving a real-life problem with math or presenting a research idea. With VEGA AI’s **Project Generator**, you can create custom projects quickly without starting from scratch.

Think of it like a smart teaching assistant that builds your project plan for you—just tell it what you're teaching and what kind of activity you want.

***

### &#x20;How the Project Generator Works (Step-by-Step)

#### Step 1: Say What You’re Teaching

You’ll be asked two simple things:

* **Subject Area** (like Mathematics, Biology, Literature)
* **Academic Level** (like High School, College Freshman, etc.)

📌 *Example input:*\
**Subject**: Mathematics\
**Level**: College Freshman

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FN65KVFN8qi59Gti1K8Jy%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.36.02%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=944107b9-0a26-4301-89f0-63a07de36cac" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 2: Choose Project Type

You can pick from common formats such as:

1. Research Paper
2. Experiment
3. Presentation
4. Creative Work
5. Other (custom input)

📌 *Example:* Choose "3 – Presentation"\
And give it a **title** and a **brief theme** (optional, but helpful!).\
📝 *Example input:*\
**Title**: *The Importance of Quadratic Equations*\
**Theme**: Real-world applications of trigonometry

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fw3sSWqh8YrDytIWKWYtD%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.36.12%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=e6cda325-92e6-4591-9fc5-a50807547bca" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Add Scope and Expectations

This helps VEGA fine-tune your project:

* **Duration**: 1 week? 1 month?
* **Research Depth**: Basic or advanced?
* **Deliverables**: Report, model, slides, etc.
* Optionally upload materials (PDFs, syllabus, images) to guide the output

📌 *Example input:*

* Duration: 1 month
* Depth: Advanced
* Deliverables: Comprehensive report
* Upload: PDF of the course syllabus

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FX4w6pdZdpU3tLwIn2DHP%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.39.01%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a3f9327c-191c-420e-bcf7-a5b517d16efe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### &#x20;Step 4: VEGA Generates Your Project

In seconds, VEGA AI creates a full project outline for you!

Here’s what it includes:

* **Title, Subject, Grade Level**
* **Project Description**
* **Learning Objectives**
* **Materials Needed**
* **Step-by-Step Instructions**
* **Expected Outcomes**
* **Assessment Criteria**\
  *(e.g., 30% for understanding, 25% for application, etc.)*
* **Safety Guidelines (if any)**

✅ *All of this is editable before you assign it!*

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F2MKgDAe1hEIuZk1AxdhX%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.40.24%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=88c7acb2-111f-41de-8561-3e866ac8ecd5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### &#x20;Why Use the Project Generator?

* **Saves Time**: No need to start from scratch
* **Always Relevant**: Tailored to your subject and level
* **Engages Students**: With meaningful, hands-on work
* **Customizable**: You stay in control of the content

***

### ✅ Pro Tips

* Use presentations for interactive learning
* Choose experiments for subjects like Physics or Chemistry
* Keep the duration realistic for your learners
* Uploading a syllabus makes the result even more accurate

***

### Final Step: Click “Save Project”

Once you’re happy with the outline, click **Save Project**. It’s now ready to assign to students or batches.

***

## Resource-2:  *Lesson Plan Generator*

**Plan your lessons with ease—just tell VEGA what you want to teach!**

Creating a lesson plan can feel like juggling too many things: objectives, activities, materials, time… the list goes on! VEGA AI makes this easy by guiding you step-by-step to create a customized lesson plan in just a few minutes.

Think of it as your personal teaching assistant—always ready to help you plan your next class.

### &#x20;How the Lesson Plan Generator Works

#### Step 1: Enter Your Topic

Start by typing the subject or topic you want to teach.\
&#x20;*Example:* “Quadratic Equations”

***

#### Step 2: Choose the Grade Level

Let VEGA know who you're teaching so it can match the lesson's tone and complexity.\
&#x20;*Example:* “10th Grade”

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FmeMFsfOzyQ67VyPFUCeb%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.49.16%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=69349548-65e2-4160-9470-5e02792b77d0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Add Topics You Want to Focus On

You can either let VEGA suggest key concepts based on the topic or specify what you'd like to emphasize.

📌 *Example focus areas:*

* Solving equations using factoring & the quadratic formula
* Graphing quadratic functions
* Real-world applications
* Practice problems & quizzes

&#x20;*You can say things like:*

> “Add practice problems for graphing functions”

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F83wOIQ7fAcDPBUDXodJ2%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.50.04%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c7ca30a4-d0de-48f9-8ee7-6f99c7811033" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 📎 Step 4: Upload Any Reference Material (Optional)

If you have a textbook chapter, curriculum guide, or syllabus, you can upload it (PDF, DOC, image). VEGA will use it to make your lesson plan even more accurate.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNTkabvoefLP6rpwXvr15%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.51.36%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=dec79a75-7369-48df-8c90-eace12a84cb5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### &#x20;Step 5: VEGA Generates a Full Lesson Plan

Here’s what you get:

&#x20;**Lesson Plan: Exploring Quadratic Equations**

**Grade Level**: 10th Grade\
**Subject**: Mathematics

**Learning Objectives:**

* Understand the structure and solutions of quadratic equations
* Learn to graph quadratic functions
* Apply quadratic models to real-world problems

**Materials Needed:**

* Graph paper
* Graphing calculators
* Whiteboard or markers
* Interactive software (optional)

**Lesson Activities (Sample Breakdown):**

1. **Introduction** (10 mins): Overview of topic
2. **Solving Quadratics** (25 mins): Practice factoring & formulas
3. **Graphing Basics** (10 mins): Understand parabolas
4. **Graphing Practice** (30 mins): Plotting problems with equations
5. **Applications** (15 mins): Real-world use in physics, finance, etc.
6. **Assessment & Quiz** (10 mins): Quick test for understanding
7. **Wrap-Up** (5 mins): Summary & goals

&#x20;**Assessment Methods:**

* Class participation
* Accuracy in graphing
* Quiz results

&#x20;**Homework:**

* More graphing practice using paper or apps

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FClXI9x6bZ0JHoHTE2s0q%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%2012.51.46%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=e442e4ed-620d-4c56-aaee-24ae61ada0ca" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why Use This Generator?

* It saves you time&#x20;
* It keeps lessons structured&#x20;
* It’s great for first-time teachers or busy educators&#x20;
* You can tweak or extend it anytime ✏

***

### &#x20;Final Step: Click “Save Lesson Plan”

Once you’re happy with the outline, hit **Save Lesson Plan** to assign it or download for use.

***

## Resource -3 : *Revision Material Generator*

**Create quick and clear review content to help your students revise better**

The Revision Material Generator in VEGA AI helps teachers build focused revision content for any topic in just a few steps. Whether you're preparing students for an exam, reinforcing key concepts from class, or just want to provide a quick recap—this tool will save you time and give your learners a clear summary to study from.

***

### What This Tool Is For

Teachers often need a short version of a topic that helps students revise and remember what they’ve learned. These are not full lessons or assignments—but simple, structured content that breaks things down clearly.

With this generator, you can create:

* Bullet-point summaries
* Topic-wise breakdowns
* Concept overviews
* Mind maps for visual learning

You decide what format you want—and VEGA will build it based on your topic.

***

### How It Works – Step by Step

#### Step 1: Tell VEGA What Topic You Want to Revise

You’ll start by typing the name of the topic, such as:

* "Photosynthesis" (for science)
* "Simple Interest" (for math)
* "Tenses in English Grammar" (for language)

This helps the tool know where to begin.

***

#### Step 2: Confirm the Subject and Intent

VEGA will double-check your subject and ask what kind of revision you want. You can keep it simple and say:

* "Yes, I want to revise this topic."
* Or specify a sub-topic like “Graphing in Quadratic Equations.”

You can also upload a syllabus or notes, but it’s optional. If you don’t have one, VEGA uses its built-in knowledge of the topic.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FzgqHzewA3qPj9MuX22VW%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.14.43%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b75e68ac-75d1-468b-afa4-98a167de9692" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Choose the Format You Want

You get to decide how your revision material should be presented:

* As a **summary** of key points
* In **bullet points** with quick explanations
* As a **quiz** (for practice)
* Or as a **mind map** (a visual layout showing how all concepts are connected)

If you’re not sure what to pick, go with bullet points or mind maps—they’re the most commonly used.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F783EyPHLFtpP3qFu2vst%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.13.31%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=636578f0-d765-42dc-b8e5-c968b688ce08" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 4: VEGA Prepares the Content

Once you give the topic and format, VEGA builds your revision material. For example, if you choose "Mind Map" for the topic "Linear Equations," VEGA might include:

* Standard form of a linear equation
* How to rearrange equations
* Solving using substitution and elimination
* Real-life applications (budgeting, distance-time problems)

Each concept will be placed under its own branch, so students can see how everything is connected.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FlXPs8qBpe0nDzgK1I2wT%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.13.39%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=555ad4f4-eeac-4603-b300-99c7077d61d3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### What You Can Do With the Output

Once your material is ready, you can:

* Save it to your course
* Share it with a batch or individual students
* Edit any part of it before assigning

This makes it easy to tailor the material to your teaching style.

***

### Why Teachers Love This Tool

* **It saves time**: No more writing summaries from scratch
* **It’s clear and organized**: Concepts are grouped the way students understand them
* **It supports all styles**: Whether you’re a visual teacher or prefer text, there’s a format for you
* **It’s editable**: You’re always in control of the final version

***

### Tips for Best Use

* Use revision materials right after finishing a unit
* Add them to your test-prep week or as homework
* Ask students to turn the mind map into flashcards
* Combine with a worksheet or quiz to reinforce learning

***

## Resource - 4: *Lecture Notes Generator*

**Create clean, structured lecture notes in minutes—without starting from scratch**

Lecture notes are one of the most important tools in your teaching toolkit. But writing them from scratch for every topic takes time. VEGA AI's **Lecture Notes Generator** helps you create ready-to-use notes based on your subject, even if you don’t have any material prepared.

This tool is perfect for teachers who want clear, step-by-step notes that they can use to teach, share with students, or convert into slides or study materials.

***

### What This Tool Does

The Lecture Notes Generator helps you build:

* Concept explanations
* Step-by-step methods
* Key definitions and formulas
* Graphical interpretations (if relevant)
* Real-life applications
* Clean, organized structure (you don’t need to format anything yourself)

***

### How to Use It – Step-by-Step

#### Step 1: Enter the Topic or Lecture Title

Start by typing in the topic you’re teaching. This could be broad like “Quadratic Equations” or more specific like “Solving Quadratic Equations.”

You can also add context like:

* What part of the topic to focus on
* Whether you want examples or applications included

***

#### Step 2: Upload (or Skip) Reference Material

If you already have slides, notes, or a syllabus, you can upload a file (PDF, DOC, PPT). VEGA will use that to make your notes more aligned to your class.

But if you don’t have anything ready—no problem. VEGA can generate complete notes from scratch.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUbhJyNmS2ps70vRY8wJm%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.48.24%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=d4ec90a1-1255-4c04-9a85-bc7652ba78f9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Provide Key Points (Optional)

You can also give a quick idea of what you want the notes to include. For example:

* “Please include graphical interpretation”
* “Focus on real-life applications in physics”
* “Avoid heavy theory—keep it practical”

VEGA will then tailor the notes based on your input.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FXy214yurqNJwIdD3yCyJ%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.49.08%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=986d9037-dada-4e4a-83d9-f22be58b7e8d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### What VEGA Gives You

Once you confirm the topic, VEGA prepares a full lecture note document with the following structure:

#### Example: Lecture Notes for "Solving Quadratic Equations"

1. **Introduction**
   * What is a quadratic equation?
   * Standard form and basic definition
2. **Methods for Solving**
   * Factoring
   * Completing the square
   * Quadratic formula
   * Explanation of when to use which method
3. **Graphical Interpretation**
   * Parabola shape
   * How to find vertex, axis of symmetry, and x-intercepts
   * Real-world meaning of graph features
4. **Real-Life Applications**
   * Motion (e.g., ball thrown in air)
   * Area optimization problems
   * Economics (profit/loss modeling)
5. **Conclusion / Key Takeaways**

   * When to apply different methods
   * Common student errors to avoid
   * Quick recap of key formulas

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUGRSLWgJ7xVTbOTwPwGA%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%201.49.18%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=d36bdd6f-b101-44c7-9996-847d32920b45" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why It’s Useful for Teachers

* Saves time on content preparation
* Organizes content in a logical, easy-to-teach flow
* Helps students focus on what’s most important
* Can be reused for multiple classes or shared with colleagues

***

### What You Can Do with the Output

* Use it as a classroom script or teaching aid
* Share it as reading material
* Turn it into a handout or visual slide
* Download and edit as needed

***

### Best Practices

* Use this before class to prep quickly
* Use the output for substitute teachers or co-teachers
* Pair with Worksheet Generator or Flashcards for complete lesson coverage

***

## Resource - 5 : *Reading Material Generator*

**Curate quality supplementary resources to deepen student understanding**

The Reading Material Generator in VEGA AI is designed to help teachers quickly find useful, age-appropriate reading materials related to any topic they’re teaching. These resources are not meant to replace your lessons—they’re there to **support and extend student learning** beyond the classroom.

You can use this tool when:

* You want to recommend extra reading for motivated students
* You’re designing homework or independent study material
* You need to supplement your existing curriculum

***

### What This Tool Does

This generator pulls together a list of helpful books, articles, and online resources tailored to your topic. It includes:

* Book recommendations (with author names)
* Descriptions of what each book covers
* Where teachers or students can access them (e.g., library, online)
* Video or interactive resource links, when available

***

### How to Use It – Step-by-Step

#### Step 1: Enter the Topic You’re Teaching

Just type in the name of the subject or topic you want additional reading for.\
For example:

* “Quadratic Equations”
* “Photosynthesis”
* “World War II”

You can be general or specific—VEGA will understand either.

***

#### Step 2: Choose the Type of Recommendation You Want

VEGA will ask if you’re looking for:

* General reading suggestions
* Or recommendations aligned with a specific course, grade, or student group

If you just want a list of good-quality materials, you can choose “general recommendations.” If you're teaching a particular syllabus or grade, you can specify that instead.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F6TFidDE1XYfHZOg03dhm%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%202.08.58%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=cd66c981-c24a-4f05-b711-b762f1e57246" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: VEGA Curates the Reading List

Based on your topic, VEGA provides a curated reading list that may include:

**Example: For "Quadratic Equations"**

1. **Algebra: Structure and Method, Book 1** – Richard G. Brown
   * A comprehensive book on algebra concepts, including a full chapter on quadratic equations with practice exercises.
   * *Source: Check local libraries or bookstores*
2. **Quadratic Equations and Functions** – Paul A. Foerster
   * Focuses on solving and graphing quadratics with real-world applications.
   * *Source: Check libraries or academic stores*
3. **The Art of Problem Solving (Vol 1)** – Sandor Lehoczky & Richard Rusczyk
   * Ideal for building problem-solving skills and includes a section on quadratic strategies.
   * *Source: Academic bookstores*
4. **Understanding Quadratic Equations** – Carol Whitehead
   * Beginner-friendly resource to build a foundational understanding.
   * *Source: Available on educational websites*
5. **Khan Academy Online**
   * A series of free video lessons and quizzes on solving, graphing, and applying quadratics.
   * *Source:* [*Khan Academy Website*](https://www.khanacademy.org)

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Ff7WxaEvhPRJO19aqp7Lc%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%202.09.06%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=577ced1d-1e7c-497e-a8e1-829b822b683c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why Teachers Love This Tool

* Saves time researching and curating materials
* Helps differentiate learning for advanced or struggling students
* Supports project-based or flipped classroom models
* Offers both offline and online resources

***

### What You Can Do with the Output

Once VEGA gives you the reading list, you can:

* Share it with students as a resource handout
* Link it inside your course
* Assign specific readings as part of a homework or self-study task
* Print or download it for offline use

***

### Best Practices

* Pair reading material with a worksheet or follow-up discussion
* Give options: let students pick 1 out of 3 books to read
* Use video-based resources like Khan Academy for visual learners
* Ask students to summarize or reflect on what they read

## Resources - 6:  *Worksheet Generator*

**Quickly create practice worksheets tailored to any topic in your course**

The Worksheet Generator in VEGA AI helps you design custom student worksheets in just a few minutes. Whether you're preparing for classwork, homework, or revision—this tool allows you to pick your topic, select question types, and generate practice material that fits your exact needs.

You don’t need to format anything manually. Just let VEGA know the subject and focus area, and it does the heavy lifting.

***

### What This Tool Is For

Use this tool when you want to:

* Reinforce specific concepts
* Give students extra practice
* Create engaging homework
* Prepare revision sheets before tests

You control the topic, question type, and number of questions. VEGA handles the rest.

***

### How to Use the Worksheet Generator

#### Step 1: Enter the Topic

Start by typing the subject or topic of the worksheet. You can be general (e.g., “Quadratic Equations”) or very specific (e.g., “Graphical Representation of Quadratic Equations”).

***

#### Step 2: Choose a Focus Area

VEGA will ask you to narrow down the topic. For example:

* Solving equations
* Graphing
* Real-life applications
* Properties of parabolas

You can choose the part of the topic you want students to practice.\
📝 Example: “Graphical representation of quadratic equations”

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FYdUQh8dD0SiSsTq4JDli%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.03.30%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c41503e5-3cba-4a91-af75-5d059fe69f68" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Upload Material (Optional)

If you have your own notes or a curriculum guide, you can upload it (PDF, DOC, image).\
But if not, no problem—VEGA can still generate quality content from scratch.

***

#### Step 4: Choose the Type and Number of Questions

Now you select what kind of questions you want:

* Multiple Choice (MCQ)
* Fill in the Blanks
* Short Answer
* Long Answer

You also specify how many questions to include.\
📝 Example: “10 Multiple Choice Questions”

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FGOcOlqmsMftx6ol6WFEy%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.03.41%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=f8f766c1-8a8d-444a-8970-d2f3de98ffbe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### What VEGA Generates for You

Based on your input, VEGA creates a complete worksheet. Each question is aligned with the topic and learning goal.

For example, if you're covering **Graphical Representations of Quadratic Equations**, your worksheet might include:

* Questions on the standard form of quadratic equations
* Identifying the shape of a parabola
* Determining the direction of opening based on the coefficient
* Finding the vertex or axis of symmetry
* Analyzing graphs to understand minimum and maximum points
* Questions involving the discriminant and its impact on the graph

VEGA displays the worksheet on-screen and asks if you want to make any changes before saving.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FFTQcdVl7Nd5qmKN4bs0r%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.03.56%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8c6a811b-6770-4ff8-975a-62ba3b054ae8" alt="" width="438"><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why Teachers Find It Useful

* Saves time—you don’t have to search or type out questions
* Ensures variety—use different question types as needed
* Helps differentiate—build custom sheets for different levels
* Ready to go—just print or assign digitally

***

### What You Can Do with the Worksheet

Once it’s generated, you can:

* Save it into your course
* Print and distribute in class
* Assign to batches or individual students
* Edit or customize before sharing

***

### Best Practices

* Use MCQs for quick assessments and concept checks
* Add short or long answers if you want to test depth
* Pair worksheets with lecture notes or revision material
* Adjust difficulty based on student performance

***

## Resource - 7 : *Rubric Generator*

**Create your own custom rubrics to fairly and clearly assess open-ended student responses**

Open-ended questions, projects, and long-form answers are essential for deep understanding—but assessing them can be tricky. The **Rubric Generator** in VEGA AI helps you create a clear and structured marking guide in minutes, so that both you and your students know exactly what’s expected.

Whether you're grading a math explanation, a science lab report, or a history essay, this tool gives you a strong foundation for fair and consistent evaluation.

***

### What Is a Rubric?

A **rubric** is a scoring guide that breaks down how a student’s work will be assessed. It includes:

* Different **criteria** (like accuracy, explanation, structure)
* Clearly defined **levels of performance** (e.g., Excellent, Good, Needs Improvement)
* **Score values** for each level

VEGA helps you build this in a structured table format, step-by-step.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?index=2&list=PLHNl3Ietf0Sjpk4YRglc2nFQqkqCn_uxg&pp=iAQB&v=G2zz5t2H9mU>" %}

***

### When to Use This Tool

Use the Rubric Generator when:

* You want to assess open-ended work (written explanations, problem solving, project reports)
* You need a consistent and objective way to grade
* You want students to understand how their work will be evaluated

***

#### Step-by-Step: How to Create a Rubric

**1. Start with a Rubric Name**

Begin by naming your rubric. This helps you organize it by subject or course (e.g., "SAT Mastery 2025 - Advanced").

**2. Choose or Create Criteria**

Each rubric is made up of "criteria" — the key skills or areas you'll assess. For example:

* Clarity of Explanations
* Understanding of Key Concepts
* Application & Analysis
* Organization & Structure

You can create as many criteria as you'd like. Most teachers use 3–4.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FdA9iTRRZgwC2ZyF0za2C%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.35.35%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=66e20599-2448-4ef9-854b-676fcc05e696" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FmpL2h6SFFVEBkLxVXmzN%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.35.48%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=93964ece-2856-4f82-9fa0-e6c3d0939c3c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**3. Assign Weights**

Each criterion should be assigned a weight, which is the percentage of the total score it will contribute. For example, if you have 4 criteria, each can be set to 25%.

> Tip: The total weight of all criteria must add up to **100%**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FSjrsjKzgyixJCrNQZXKP%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.36.07%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0eae30f6-a8d7-41f9-8e17-299ed75d58da" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDCeAHU8qcxlu1gEPzPC9%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.36.14%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b838b0e0-6d56-43e9-96f0-d30db1a48061" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**4. Add Descriptors for Each Performance Level**

For every criterion, you define different performance levels. These describe what a student’s work looks like at various levels of mastery:

* **100% (Excellent)**
* **75% (Good)**
* **50% (Average)**
* **25% (Poor)**
* **0% (Unacceptable)**

For example, for "Clarity of Explanations":

* **100%**: The explanation is exceptionally clear, concise, and easy to understand.
* **75%**: Mostly clear with minor ambiguities.
* **50%**: Somewhat clear but has multiple confusing points.
* **25%**: Hard to follow and very unclear.
* **0%**: No explanation or completely incorrect.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNLcyEM4a5jESrYUAFuwE%2FScreenshot%202025-03-25%20at%204.36.46%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0b1575a4-5cc7-470c-bace-a002e37a0e79" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**5. Save & Review**

Once you’ve added all criteria and descriptors, double-check:

* All weights total 100%.
* Each criterion has complete descriptors.
* There are no blank or negative values.

Click **"Save & Close"** to use the rubric in assignments.

***

#### Validation Rules to Keep in Mind

* **Total Points**: The combined weight of all criteria must be 100%.
* **Descriptor Points**: Each level under a criterion must not exceed that criterion's max points.
* **No Negative Values**: You can’t enter negative scores.
* **Visual Feedback**: If you make a mistake, the system will highlight the issue.

***

#### Example Rubric Summary

**Rubric Name**: SAT Mastery 2025 - Advanced

| Criterion                     | Weight | What You're Assessing                        |
| ----------------------------- | ------ | -------------------------------------------- |
| Clarity of Explanations       | 25%    | How clearly students express ideas           |
| Understanding of Key Concepts | 25%    | Grasp of core ideas and accuracy             |
| Application & Analysis        | 25%    | Ability to apply knowledge to solve problems |
| Organization & Structure      | 25%    | Logical flow, structure, and formatting      |

Each of these includes detailed descriptors for different score levels (100% to 0%).

***

#### Why Rubrics Matter

Using rubrics:

* Makes grading faster and more objective.
* Helps students know what’s expected.
* Builds consistency across your class.

Start building your rubrics today using the Rubric Generator in the **Course Resources** section of your VEGA AI course!


# Question Database

#### **Question Database & Test Creation Documentation**

VEGA AI makes it simple to create, organize, and manage your own question database. Whether you're uploading questions from your existing bank or generating new ones with AI, the platform provides a user-friendly interface and detailed options to ensure every question fits seamlessly into your course structure.

***

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1JNkbeDoikpbigNQrhFk%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.04.51%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=359810af-a513-4164-8d83-ff3859992e02" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### **The Question Database Interface**

When you navigate to the **Question Database** tab, you’ll see a clean, organized layout designed for easy access and use. Here’s what you’ll find on the screen:

**1. Search and Filter Options**

At the top of the interface, there are several filters to help you quickly find specific questions.

* **Search Bar**: Type keywords to find questions based on content or topics.
* **Filters**: Refine your search using options like:
  * **Difficulty**: Find Easy, Medium, or Hard questions.
  * **Status**: Filter questions that are Verified, Unverified, or AI-Generated.
  * **Subject**: Narrow down by specific subjects like Algebra or Geometry.
  * **Topic**: Focus on specific topics like Quadratic Equations or Probability.
  * **Question Type**: Choose between question types like MCQs, Open-Ended, or Passages.
  * **Use Case**: Filter questions based on where they’re used (Practice Tests, Play Tests, etc.).

These options help you quickly locate the exact questions you need, saving time when managing larger databases.

**2. Add Questions Button**

On the right side of the interface, you’ll see a prominent **Add Question** button. This is where you start if you’re creating new questions.

**3. Generate Questions**

Next to the Add Question button, there’s a **Generate Questions** option. This feature uses AI to create fresh, unique questions based on your specified topic, subject, and difficulty level.

**4. Question Dashboard**

This section displays a table with all your saved questions. Each question has the following columns:

* **Question ID**: A unique identifier for each question.
* **Question Text**: The main question content.
* **Status**: Indicates whether the question is verified or unverified.
* **Difficulty**: Shows whether the question is Easy, Medium, or Hard.
* **Subject & Topic Name**: Displays the subject and topic the question belongs to.
* **Actions**: Options to **View**, **Verify**, **Archive**, or **Generate Similar Questions**.

**5. Status Indicators**

Each question in the table has a status:

* **Verified**: Indicates the question has been reviewed and approved.
* **Unverified**: Questions that need to be reviewed before use.
* **AI-Generated**: Questions created by the AI that require verification.

***

### **Adding Questions to the Database**

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?index=4&list=PLHNl3Ietf0Sjpk4YRglc2nFQqkqCn_uxg&pp=iAQB&v=tBJrLvUe3WE>" %}

VEGA AI offers two ways to add questions to your database:

### **Option 1: Add Questions from Your Bank**

You can upload questions from your existing question bank or type them in manually.

**Extract from PDF or Images**

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FcvHemaEYoD5y9donIj7o%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.05.47%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=238f859a-2493-43d9-ba76-3dfc7ee61f41" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Click **Add Question** and select **Extract from PDF/Image**.
* Upload a high-quality file containing your questions. Ensure each file includes only one clear question per image or page.
* Once uploaded, VEGA AI will extract the question text, answer options, and other details automatically.
* Try to Upload a pdf with less than 2-3 pages. If you have a pdf bigger than that either split it or take screenshot of the key areas.
* **Important Tips**:
  * Ensure the document is legible.
  * Avoid uploading blurry or cluttered images.

## Choosing the correct question type while extraction

VEGA AI is smart, but it works best when you give it the right type of question. If you choose the wrong question type, the AI might get confused or give wrong answers.

That’s why choosing the **correct question type** is one of the most important steps when you upload questions.

***

### ✅ Why It Matters

Selecting the appropriate question type helps our AI:

* Understand the context
* Apply the correct evaluation model
* Generate accurate answers or feedback
* Avoid misclassification or content rejection

If you mark it as the **wrong type**, it might:

* Give the wrong answer
* Miss the point of the question
* Not work at all

So before uploading, make sure you pick the **right type** for each question.

***

### Supported Question Types

#### 1. Passage Question Type

* **Definition**: Includes a **passage body** followed by one or more questions. There could be just one passage and multiple questions based on the context given in the passage.&#x20;
* **Best for**: Reading comprehension, evidence-based reasoning, or contextual analysis.
* **Why it matters**: Our AI uses the passage to extract context and meaning. If the passage is missing or mismatched, the system may fail to extract or evaluate the question.

**✅ Passage question type example**:

{% tabs %}
{% tab title=" single question" %}

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FI9EobIAnhqzU8ErsMkPt%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=92259251-3048-4063-99c2-be29b5aed925" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Multiple Questions" %}

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FaV6RdC6c4gie9zU1IhST%2Fe5192e67c9f74cdae6d67252579da3e1.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=e0e19ed7-a374-4486-8747-bd0e76026b46" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

***

#### 2. MCQ (Multiple Choice Question) Type

* **Definition**: A standalone question with **2 or more choices**, only one of which is correct.
* **Best for**: Concept-checking in math, science, grammar, or factual recall.
* **Why it matters**: MCQs should be **fully self-contained**. If your question needs a passage, do **not** use MCQ — it will result in misinterpretation.

**Avoid** using this type for passage-based or dependent questions.

**✅  MCQ question type example**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMWa9wzHN4gi1O5M5tpmA%2FScreenshot-2023-10-12-102816.png?alt=media&amp;token=997aabf1-e7b0-4e4b-848b-f6f3a8e86636" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. Numeric Question Type

* **Definition**: A question where the student needs to **calculate and write a number** as the answer. (not multiple choice). So in simple words, the correct answer would always be a number.&#x20;
* In **Numeric Question Type**, there can be **more than one correct answer**, as long as they all have the **same numerical value**.
* These are the same type of questions known as **Student-Produced Responses (SPRs)** in the SAT exam.
* **Best for**: Math problems, physics calculations, or any computation-based tasks.
* **Why it matters**: VEGA AI expects a **clear numeric structure**. Avoid combining this with other types like MCQ or passage-based questions.

**✅ Example**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FkyW7hCLvCZ5v3i9ekIIA%2FScreenshot%202025-06-12%20at%206.05.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ccdc3f67-9f55-45c4-969b-28bba1851202" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. Open-Ended  Type

* **Definition**: Questions requiring a **written response**, typically 2–5 sentences.
* Use this when you want the student to:
  * Explain something
  * Share their opinion
  * Write a reason or analysis
* VEGA AI can use **rubrics** to evaluate  **open-ended or essay-type** **questions**.

  This means the AI doesn’t just check for the right answer — it also looks at **how well** the response is written. It can assess:

  * Clarity of explanation
  * Structure and organization
  * Grammar and language use
  * How well the student supports their answer

  So when students write short or long answers, VEGA AI can give feedback based on real grading criteria, just like a human teacher would.

**✅ Example**:\
“Explain why El Paso became a hub for Spanish-language newspapers in the late 1800s.”

***

### ✅ Best Practices for Uploading

To ensure smooth processing and high-quality output:

| Step            | Guideline                                                                                 |
| --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Upload Quality  | Ensure all files (PDFs, images) are high-resolution and easy to read.                     |
| Type Selection  | Choose the **correct question type** for each upload. Do **not** mix types.               |
| One at a Time   | Upload **only 1 question per extraction** to maximize clarity and accuracy.               |
| Processing Time | Most extractions take **1–2 minutes** to process.                                         |
| Verify Output   | Double-check the extracted question text, especially **LaTeX formatting**, before saving. |

***

| Question Type | Use For                    |
| ------------- | -------------------------- |
| Passage       | Reading comprehension      |
| MCQ           | Factual/standalone logic   |
| Numeric       | Calculation-based problems |
| Open-Ended    | Reasoning, writing tasks   |

***

## Common Mistakes in Question Extraction (And How to Fix Them)

Even though VEGA AI does a great job extracting questions, some formatting issues and small errors can happen especially when working with PDFs or scanned documents.

Here’s a complete list of the most common mistakes, how often they happen, and what you can do to fix or avoid them.

***

### Formatting & Layout Issues

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th width="121.91796875"></th><th width="188.6484375"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Issue</strong></td><td><strong>What Happens</strong></td><td><strong>How Often?</strong></td><td><strong>How to Fix</strong></td><td><strong>Things to Watch Out For</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>1. Italics Not Detected</strong></td><td>Italic words don’t appear italic after upload.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>*this is italic*</code> in the editor.</td><td>Italics won’t show up from PDFs. Add formatting yourself using LaTeX or manually.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>2. Bold Not Detected</strong></td><td>Bold text becomes regular text.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>**this is bold**</code> in the editor.</td><td>Bold words may lose meaning. Add bold formatting manually.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>3. Underline Not Detected</strong></td><td>Underlined words are not preserved.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>\underline{your text}</code> with LaTeX or in Mathpix.</td><td>Important underlined parts might go missing. Always re-check and add them back.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>4. Fill in the Blanks Misformatted</strong></td><td>Blanks appear as <code>{qquad}</code> instead of empty lines.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Replace <code>{qquad}</code> with <code>__________</code>.</td><td><code>{qquad}</code> is hard to read. Always replace with blank lines manually.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Answer & Option Accuracy Issues

| **Issue**                             | **What Happens**                                  | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                                         |
| ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -------------- | --------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **5. Wrong Option Marked as Correct** | The AI may mark the wrong option as correct.      | \~30–40%       | Double-check with your original answer key.   | Never assume the AI-selected answer is right. Always verify.                                        |
| **6. Incorrect Solution Generated**   | The explanation doesn’t match the correct answer. | \~40–50%       | Review and rewrite the explanation if needed. | AI explains the answer you select as correct — if that’s wrong, the explanation will also be wrong. |

***

### Tagging & Categorization Issues

| **Issue**                     | **What Happens**                                             | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                           | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                      |
| ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **7. Wrong Subject or Topic** | The question is placed in the wrong subject or has no topic. | \~40%          | Choose the correct subject/topic manually in the editor. | Especially important for mixed-topic questions. Check and update tags carefully. |

***

### Image & Option Issues

| **Issue**                               | **What Happens**                          | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                              | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                 |
| --------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **8. Image Not Extracted Properly**     | Images might not appear or may be blurry. | \~0–5%         | Upload the image again directly while editing the question. | Always **preview** the question and make sure images are showing correctly. |
| **9. Options Missing After Extraction** | One or more choices don’t show up.        | \~2–3%         | Use the "Edit Question" tool to add missing options.        | Do a quick check of every question’s options before saving.                 |

***

### **Option-2: Add Questions Manually**

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FwotxDySbR3zamqnFCNQC%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.06.38%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=20538671-b25f-4055-9d7e-4014d9b83138" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Select **Enter Manually** when adding a question.
* You can chose the type of questions you want to enter from multiple options like MCQs, Passage based, Numerical Response Type etc.
* Fill in the following details:
  * **Question Text**: Type your question here. Use plain text or mathematical formulas as needed.
  * **Answer Options**: Provide up to six possible answers. Mark the correct one(s).
  * **Solution**: Write a detailed explanation or create the solution using our AI to help students understand the correct answer.
* This method gives you full control over question details.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FvzoNl3UplONv6sLIly9n%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.09.11%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=085e0426-448f-4ca4-9e53-7050d930bc28" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

## **Generate Questions Using AI**

This feature is ideal for quickly creating new questions.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fj9917wzwLCewdvGvhSZR%2FScreenshot%202025-02-03%20at%2011.28.18%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=336561b3-a70f-4508-bed2-a8d3761fad58" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. Click the **Generate Questions** button.
2. Select the subject, topic, and difficulty level.
3. VEGA AI will create a set of questions complete with options, solutions, and explanations.

### AI Generated Similar Questions - Limitations

This is an experimental tool. While we've tried to be as precise as possible, especially in STEM subjects, it's important to be aware of its current limitations:

**1. Vision Capabilities:** Currently, our model does not support visual understanding. It cannot interpret images within questions nor create new images. We plan to include image understanding in the near future.

**2. Accuracy in Mathematics:** The model may occasionally make errors, particularly in complex areas such as Geometry and multi-step Mathematical reasoning.

**3. Difficulty in Generating Complex Questions:** When generating questions of higher difficulty, the model might experience delays or become unresponsive.

**4. Factually Incorrect Outputs:** At times, the model might generate statements that sound correct but are factually inaccurate. We are continuously working to reduce these occurrences.

**5. Grammatical Errors:** The model may make grammatical errors during generation. We encourage users to review and correct any mistakes.

***

### **Review and Customize Questions**

Once a question is added or generated, you can review and make changes before saving it to the database. Here's how the customization process works:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FXAY1GYLOo8r8nJyFQYpH%2FScreenshot%202025-02-03%20at%2011.29.19%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a106870c-b3bb-4cc8-bbd1-5eb799c18aa7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Preview the Question**
   * After entering or extracting a question, the system will display a **Preview** window.
   * You’ll see the question text, answer options, and solution laid out exactly as students will see it.
   * This step allows you to verify that everything is accurate and properly formatted.
2. **Edit Question Details**
   * If needed, click the **Edit** button to make changes. You can:
     * Modify the question text to make it clearer.
     * Adjust the answer options or change the correct answer.
     * Update the solution to provide more detailed or step-by-step explanations.
3. **Add Tags and Classify the Question**
   * Tags help organize your database and make questions easier to find.
   * Select tags like **Pattern Recognition**, **Integer Identification**, or **Range Analysis** to describe the skills or concepts the question covers.
   * Classify the question by:
     * **Subject**: Choose the relevant subject like Algebra, Geometry, or Data Analysis.
     * **Topic Name**: Assign it to a specific topic like Quadratic Equations or Mean, Median, Mode.
     * **Difficulty**: Use the slider to assign a difficulty score from 0-100 or select Easy, Medium, or Hard.
4. **Save the Question**
   * Once satisfied, click **Preview & Save**. The question will now appear in your dashboard.

***

#### **Managing the Question Database**

After building your database, use the interface to keep it organized and up to date:

**Search, Filter, and Sort**

* Use the **Search Bar** and filters to locate specific questions quickly.
* Sort questions by difficulty, status, or subject to manage them efficiently.

**Verify and Update Questions**

* Unverified questions need to be reviewed before they can be included in tests.
* Click **Verify** in the Actions column to mark a question as approved.
* If you spot errors, click **Edit** to update the question or **Archive** to remove it from active use.

**Track Question Usage**

* Each question shows where it’s being used, such as in Practice Tests or Full-Length Tests. This ensures you know how each question contributes to your course.

***

#### **Key Features to Remember**

1. **Flexibility**: Add questions manually, upload existing ones, or let AI generate them.
2. **Customization**: Every question can be tailored to match your exact requirements.
3. **Organization**: Use tags, filters, and classifications to keep your database structured.
4. **Efficiency**: Generate multiple similar questions to save time while maintaining variety.


# Build or Generate Tests

VEGA AI provides two types of tests for educators: **Practice Tests** and **Structured Tests**. Both are designed to meet specific assessment needs, from quick evaluations to comprehensive exams. In this guide, we will explain every feature and option available in detail to ensure educators can use this feature effectively.

***

#### **Practice Tests**

**Overview**

Practice tests are designed to help students strengthen specific skills or concepts. VEGA AI offers multiple ways to create practice tests:

1. **Generate Practice Tests Using AI**: Automatically create tests by specifying topics, difficulty levels, or other parameters.
2. **Build Practice Tests Manually**: Customize your test by selecting specific questions from the Question Database.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F8MHY882q5havEu9fn08E%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%208.43.23%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=e9ae8584-fb2a-4362-864e-43fe49675674" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Practice tests include options like:

* **Exit Ticket Generator**: A quick assessment tool to measure students' understanding at the end of a lesson.
* **Quiz Generator**: Create quizzes to assess knowledge on specific topics.
* **Assignment Generator**: Design detailed assignments covering multiple concepts.
* **Homework Generator**: Create tasks for students to practice at home.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?index=1&list=PLHNl3Ietf0Sjpk4YRglc2nFQqkqCn_uxg&pp=iAQB&v=6Hv6GTFz4N0>" %}

**Step-by-Step Guide for Practice Tests**

**Access the Practice Tests Section**:

* Go to the "Practice Tests" tab on the course dashboard. This section shows the test creation options and a list of previously created tests (if any).

**Create a New Practice Test**:

* You can either:
  * **Generate with AI**: Click on one of the test generators (e.g., Quiz Generator) to create a test automatically based on your inputs.
  * **Build Manually**: Use the "Build Manually" option to create a test by selecting specific questions from the Question Database.

**Generate a Test Using AI**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMYChhCiIbxqSy97actJD%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%208.57.32%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2be1e559-d82b-4047-8415-7d016ed3b625" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Choose the type of test (Quiz, Assignment, etc.).
* Select the **question type** (MCQs, Passage-based, or Open-ended Questions).
* Specify the **number of questions**.
* Optionally, upload reference material like syllabi or notes or provide a brief description of the topic and desired difficulty level.
* VEGA AI will generate a test based on your inputs. You can preview, edit, or finalize the questions before saving the test.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FwBawANWcLu3v9Jp5FfqM%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%208.57.48%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=18c8f4a1-6f92-4d2f-90f8-12058c636b6a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## **Build a Test Manually**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F2vFckcufMxD1vMduXdwL%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.19.52%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a989f7b3-d688-4cc4-827f-3b96861f732d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* Click on "Build Manually" and provide a name for the test.
* Select the type of test (Assignment, Quiz, Homework, or Exit Ticket).
* Use the **Question Database** to pick specific questions:
  * **Filters Available**: You can filter questions by difficulty level, topic, type (MCQ, Open-ended), and verification status.
  * **Preview Questions**: Before adding, you can preview each question to ensure it fits your requirements.
  * Add questions one by one to the test.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FaAWOL5btJ5K9UDVB0kwZ%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%209.00.41%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=88e8d46c-9bb9-48ca-b5da-618c9f9218e5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Finalize the Practice Test**:

   * After adding questions, review the list in the "Selected Questions" section.
   * You can remove any question by clicking the delete icon next to it.
   * Once the test is finalized, click "Create" to save it.

   <figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDl7PZVQrzlzdvGq7bskE%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%209.01.02%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=183e7cc9-bad7-495b-bef1-59972fc1837b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
2. **Assign the Practice Test**:

   * Assign the test to a batch of students or specific individuals.
   * Set the **start and end date** for the test.
   * Decide if you want the test to be available for free to all students.

   <figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FHAKWe3fe7nbnbVu98ZMp%2FScreenshot%202025-02-04%20at%208.59.44%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2943d813-eeb6-4876-a35c-c920a262a07e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### **Structured Tests**

**Overview**

The **Structured Test** feature on VEGA AI empowers academic institutions and educators to design summative assessments that simulate real-world exams such as the SAT, GRE, or institutional mock tests. These tests are modular, customizable, and ideal for benchmarking learner performance across multiple skill areas.

This guide walks you through the full lifecycle of creating a structured test, selecting questions, configuring modules, and applying performance analytics all within VEGA Prep.

{% embed url="<https://www.youtube.com/watch?index=3&list=PLHNl3Ietf0Sjpk4YRglc2nFQqkqCn_uxg&pp=iAQB&v=39s15qJkcOs>" %}

**Step-by-Step Guide for Structured Tests**

#### Step 1: Navigate to the Structured Test Section

From the left sidebar, navigate to **Courses → Structured Tests**. This section lists all your existing structured tests with metadata such as section and module counts.

Click on the **“Create New Test”** button on the top-right to begin test creation.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fd1VfFBJ08GOQxB09nLmb%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.42.18%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=61ab103f-635a-4f81-a992-7077c2007d6c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Step 2: Add Basic Test Info

You’ll land on a two-step setup process:

1. **Add Basic Test Info**
2. **Define Metrics (Optional)**

In the first step, fill out the following:

* **Test Name:** Use a clear naming convention like `SAT Reading – Passage 1`.
* **Test Description:** Briefly describe the purpose of the test, number of sections/modules, and what students can expect.

  *Example:*\
  `This SAT Reading section includes a passage-based comprehension test with 1 section and 1 timed module.`
* **Test Instructions:** Provide guidance to the learner. Markdown is supported.

  *Example:*\
  `Read the passage thoroughly. Answer the questions based on textual evidence, vocabulary in context, and author’s intent.`
* **Number of Sections:** Default is 1. Increase if building a full-length test.

Click **Create** to proceed to section setup.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3Nw7F1iyAFoPyo7P0GEp%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.42.35%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=00d26281-ae06-461b-8dcd-a888c7db9abe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Step 3: Configure Section Details

Each section is where you define the layout and rules of the test's logical segments.

**Fill in:**

* **Section Name:** e.g., “Reading Comprehension”
* **Section Instructions:** Custom instructions specific to the section.
* **Section Reference Information:** Use this to describe any context or passage attached.
* **Section Reference Image (Optional):** Upload any diagrams or visual context.
* **Is this section adaptive?** Select “No” for SAT-style static modules.

**Module Setup:**

Each section supports 1–2 modules.

* **Module Name:** e.g., “Module 1: Passage A”
* **Module Duration:** Typically 20 minutes for 10 questions.
* **Question Count:** Set to 10 for a mini-assessment.
* **Access to Calculator:** “No” for Reading and Writing modules.
* **Section Interval:** Enable if you want to space sections (default 10 seconds between).

Click **Next** after setting up the modules.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FfBVEkim1bLkF41SlwCgV%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.45.59%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=81721beb-0940-43a8-ae63-7df65b1611c1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Step 4: Add Questions to the Module

Once your module is defined:

1. Click into the module and select “Choose Questions.”
2. Use filters like **Question Type**, **Subject**, **Topic**, and **Difficulty**.
3. Select relevant questions from the database. You can select up to 10 (or as needed).
4. Click **Done** to save your selections.

Questions are now linked to your module. You’re ready to move on to performance analytics.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fe8Uyh3kO6OsiEZtYsljx%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.47.53%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2c2b6dd2-c2b9-46a2-99bf-12742217af6b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Adding Test Metrics & Analytics

Once your test structure is in place, VEGA AI allows you to embed **data-rich performance analytics** through *Ring* and *Box* visualizations. These metrics help educators, students, and institute admins assess test performance with clarity, precision, and insight.

You can access this by proceeding to the **“Define Metrics (optional)”** stage of the test creation flow.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FIk5ygfg8aAInFfwDaYI8%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.48.27%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8f325a54-175f-4c4f-ad4b-7a5825dc38bf" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Why Metrics Matter

Structured Tests are not just static assessments—they’re diagnostic tools. With the help of **metrics**, VEGA AI:

* Visualizes learner performance using smart charts
* Provides scaled scores & percentile benchmarks
* Enables mastery tracking
* Helps educators intervene with precision

There are **two metric sections**:

1. **Ring Section** – Visual analytics (Apple Watch-style donut charts)
2. **Box Section** – Tabular breakdowns for detailed reporting

Let’s break down how to configure both.

***

#### Ring Section: Visual Summary Analytics

**What It Is:**

The **Ring Section** displays up to **4 key metrics** in a concentric circle chart. This gives learners and educators a snapshot of how the student performed overall.

**How to Configure:**

* **Section Name**: e.g., `Ring Section 1`
* **Select Metrics**: Click the dropdown and choose up to four.

**For example: Recommended Metrics for SAT-style Tests:**

| Metric Name                                      | Description                                                  |
| ------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Digital SAT Scaled Score**                     | Combined score out of 1600 (based on reading, writing, math) |
| **Digital SAT Reading and Writing Scaled Score** | Scaled performance in verbal sections                        |
| **Digital SAT Mathematics Scaled Score**         | Scaled performance in math sections                          |
| **Digital SAT Scaled Score and Percentile**      | Includes both score and percentile relative to others        |

> Tip: The ring section works best when used to *summarize* top-level performance, so select metrics that give learners an immediate pulse check.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FixiurcU8kSI9aoUJXYIH%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.48.40%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0b25c08a-58a5-48a8-9f56-404c004757eb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Box Sections: Detailed Score Reports

**What It Is:**

**Box Sections** provide a grid-style performance breakdown. You can add multiple box sections if needed.

**How to Configure:**

* **Box Section Name**: e.g., `Box Section 1: Short Diagnostics`
* **Select Metrics**: Choose from the same list as Ring Section but structure them across row/column pairs for precise analytics.

**Suggested Use:**

* **Box Section 1**:\
  *Metric:* `Digital SAT Short Test Diagnostics Scaled Score and Percentile`
* **Box Section 2**:\
  *Metric:* `Digital SAT Short Diagnostics Test Math Scaled Score and Percentile`

You can even break metrics down by subject, time spent per question, mastery levels, or custom institutional scores—depending on the sophistication of your diagnostic strategy.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FK1ahhSr0kZO9GEcUnAZ8%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.48.56%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ae8683f7-f6a8-475e-a598-2402ba5d0a95" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FqLBjiSnE2Em4uSBNbnHX%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.49.06%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=148f205c-7afd-437d-a4a7-077d12c6058b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 🎯 Best Practices for Metrics

* Always include at least one scaled score metric in the **Ring Section**
* Use **Box Sections** for detailed insights, especially for instructors during review
* Name your sections clearly so students can interpret the charts without confusion
* Avoid adding metrics you don’t plan to explain or act on

Once metrics are set, click **Save** to finalize your test.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FPplgeGstn2oTgdduMiWk%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%202.49.30%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ac4f1e9a-7f18-4004-b541-aa678a7a0b6a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

Once your structured test is built and metrics are in place, the final phase involves **publishing**, **assigning**, and **tracking** test delivery. VEGA AI ensures that this process is smooth, time-bound, and completely auditable.

This section covers:

* Test dashboard management
* Student preview workflow
* Assignment flow & access control
* Important post-assignment constraints

***

#### Test Dashboard Overview

From the **Structured Tests** panel under any course (e.g., `DIGITAL_SAT`), you’ll see a centralized list of all created tests, with critical summary data:

| Column             | Purpose                                     |
| ------------------ | ------------------------------------------- |
| **Test Name**      | Internal title used for filtering/searching |
| **Sections**       | Total logical parts in the test             |
| **Modules**        | Total timed blocks inside sections          |
| **Type**           | `STRUCTURED TEST`                           |
| **Action Buttons** | `Preview`, `Assign`, and `Edit` options     |

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRRnkH8YNNPMWDumbmhEM%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%203.12.42%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a0d31e57-c16c-43b9-8c59-341401f507b4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Previewing the Student Experience

Before deploying, you can always **simulate the student view** by clicking the **Preview** button:

* See each section and module as a learner would
* Confirm the number of questions per module
* Ensure instructional copy and layout is clean
* Identify and resolve any setup issues *before* it goes live

This is crucial for maintaining test integrity and UX quality.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FR6CFkCFMMQklHE3jon5F%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%203.15.51%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=78f7e812-ea9c-403a-bab3-f115a9693e05" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 📤 Assigning the Test

Click **Assign** to open the assignment modal. This is where you set:

**1. Batch/Student Selection**

* Assign to entire **batches** or individual **students**
* Use dropdowns to search & select
* Ideal for staggered release to different cohorts

**2. Date & Time Window**

* **Start/End Dates:** Define a testing window during which students can access the test
* **Start/End Time:** Controls hourly access per day
* **Timezone:** Defaults to admin locale; adjust as needed

**3. Critical Note**

> **Once assigned, the test is locked. No changes can be made.**\
> This ensures data sanctity and consistency across performance tracking.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FGXRsOsc7CXrTzAGcUWXH%2FScreenshot%202025-05-07%20at%203.29.57%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ccfc2b5e-7267-4fad-a3c4-a718eee1d10e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### ✅ Recap: Assignment Best Practices

| Do                                             | Avoid                                        |
| ---------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |
| Preview every test before assigning            | Assigning without a time window              |
| Use clear test titles (e.g. DSAT Mock 12)      | Renaming tests after assignment              |
| Match metric titles using recommended patterns | Using ambiguous or non-standard metric names |
| Assign in advance with a defined access window | Assigning to the wrong cohort without review |

***

With the test created, assigned, and metrics live, you're fully equipped to **analyze performance** and deliver high-quality assessments that are standardized, scalable, and student-centric.


# Deployment Of Course

#### Course Deployment and Publishing Guide

Deploying and publishing a course in VEGA AI is a streamlined process designed to ensure a high-quality learning experience for students. This guide walks you through the essential steps for publishing a course, tracking its performance, and addressing common challenges. It includes a checklist for readiness, implementation steps, and best practices to maintain course quality.

***

#### **Pre-publication Checklist**

Before publishing your course, ensure the following are complete:

1. **Course Structure**:
   * Double-check that all sections, modules, and lessons are finalized and organized in a logical flow.
2. **Resources**:
   * Ensure all resources (videos, PDFs, presentations, etc.) are uploaded and linked to their respective sections.
3. **Assessments**:
   * Confirm that all quizzes, assignments, and tests are prepared and verified.
   * Validate the questions in the database and assign difficulty levels.
4. **Settings**:
   * Configure time limits, course access permissions, and content release schedules.
5. **Access Permissions**:
   * Decide whether the course will be accessible to individual students, batches, or open for general enrollment.

***

#### **Steps to Publish Your Course**

Once the pre-publication checklist is complete, follow these steps to publish and deploy your course.

**Step 1: Change Course Status**

* Navigate to the course dashboard and locate the "Status" dropdown.
* Choose from the following options:
  * **Ready to Publish**: The course is fully prepared but not yet live for students.
  * **Published**: The course is live and accessible to students.
  * **Archived**: For old courses no longer in use but stored for reference.

**Step 2: Configure Student Access**

Customize how students access the course:

* **Individual Access**: Assign specific students to the course.
* **Batch Assignments**: Assign the course to pre-defined groups of students.
* **Scheduled Release Dates**: Set start and end dates for course availability to align with your academic calendar.
* **Content Visibility Rules**: Specify which content is accessible based on student progress or prerequisites.

**Step 3: Track Progress and Performance**

Use VEGA AI’s progress tracking tools to monitor student engagement:

* **Completion Rates**: Measure how many students have completed each module.
* **Engagement Metrics**: Monitor time spent on modules, assessments, and resources.
* **Performance Analytics**: Analyze assessment scores and participation rates.
* **Resource Utilization**: Identify underused resources and improve their visibility.

**Step 4: Utilize Monitoring Tools**

VEGA AI provides real-time insights into course performance:

* **Active Participants**: See how many students are currently engaged with the course.
* **Content Access Logs**: Review who accessed which content and when.
* **Time on Task**: Track how much time students spend on individual sections or activities.
* **Advanced Analytics**: Generate detailed reports on overall course effectiveness.

***

#### **Best Practices for Course Deployment**

**Content Release:**

* Use staged release schedules to avoid overwhelming students with all content at once.
* Align assessment schedules with the release of new content.
* Regularly update resources to keep content relevant and engaging.

**Student Support:**

* Provide clear navigation instructions to ensure students can easily find what they need.
* Offer technical assistance for login, platform usage, and content access issues.
* Collect regular feedback from students to address their concerns.

**Quality Maintenance:**

* Regularly review and update course material to ensure accuracy and alignment with current trends.
* Incorporate student feedback into course updates.
* Analyze performance data to identify areas of improvement and make necessary adjustments.

***

#### **Troubleshooting Common Issues**

**Access Issues:**

* Verify that student credentials are accurate.
* Ensure that access permissions and schedules are correctly configured.
* Check platform compatibility with student devices.

**Content Delivery:**

* Monitor loading times and optimize resource sizes for faster access.
* Ensure all links, videos, and files are accessible and functional.
* Test media playback on different devices to ensure compatibility.

**Assessment Management:**

* Track submission statuses and remind students of upcoming deadlines.
* Resolve technical issues related to quizzes or test submissions.
* Monitor assessment performance to ensure fairness and clarity.

**Optimization:**

* Conduct regular performance reviews of the course structure and content.
* Update resources to reflect current learning standards.
* Address technical improvements to enhance user experience.

***

This guide ensures educators can confidently deploy, monitor, and optimize their courses on VEGA AI, creating an engaging and effective learning environment for students.


# Journeys

### What is a “Journey”?

A **Journey** is a curated bundle of learning and testing resources mapped to a student's learning plan. Journeys in VEGA AI help you deliver a **structured learning path** to your students.&#x20;

It ensures a structured experience by combining:

* Instructional content (Lesson plans, Worksheets)
* Practice materials (Quizzes)
* Evaluative tools (Structured Tests)

### Navigation: Platform > Courses > Journeys&#x20;

***

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRCyzNMpWMdY3VRn8vbcO%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.33.10%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=1a7be681-3421-4017-94f6-c23d1ff1de41" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Accessing the Journey Builder

1. Go to the your course dashboard.
2. Navigate to the **“Journeys”** tab.
3. It will show the already created journeys whether it is for Paid or Fre&#x65;**.**

***

## **Creating a Journey**

Before you can assign a journey to your students, you need to **create** one. Think of a journey as a **custom course pack** tailored to your batch, program, or individual learner. It can include:

* Learning resources (e.g., lesson plans, worksheets)
* Practice tests
* Structured/mock tests

{% embed url="<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1olh_aDVs7ExMGcP9mmyeVo6ztB2Nm-Vk/view?usp=sharing>" %}

***

### **Click "Create Journey"**

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FTORIqXjbsupHxoytLrOO%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.33.26%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=46142930-6ff0-4921-b51a-baad7df959e9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This opens a form titled **“Create Journey”**. Fill in the following fields:

* **Journey Name** (e.g., *Starter Plan Journey*, *New Batch 2025*)
* **Journey Description** (brief purpose of the journey)

Then select a **Journey Type**:

| Type     | Description                                                                                          |
| -------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **PAID** | Unlimited resources, practice, tests, and AI chats.                                                  |
| **FREE** | Up to 5 resources, 2 practice tests, 1 structured test, and 10 AI chats — great for lead generation. |

***

**3. Add Learning Resources**

Click **Assign Resources** and choose from your uploaded library. You can include:

* Reading Material
* Worksheet
* Lesson Plan

All selected resources appear under “Assigned Resources” for review.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FuYfflY8d7Tj1upKzd6xf%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.34.20%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ff373f07-12bf-40cc-8d1d-6d961685eda1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Use the **“+” button** next to each resource to add it to your journey.

> ✅ You can add multiple types of resources to cater to different learning needs.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FrFy7nU5XN7YD5CDaerjW%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.34.30%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=429ecdbc-6065-4d7e-a6d7-93a86fb123fe" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

**4. Add Practice Tests and Structured Tests**

* Click **Assign Practice Tests** and **Assign Structured Tests**.
* These could be mock exams or topic-specific assessments.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FTlKCYgbwh7XNdOWtfHH8%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.34.56%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=aceb0e44-7f1e-48e6-90eb-b377aa00f3ce" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

When finished, you’ll see a review page like this:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FihJXnLctcG7uf8rMGDOx%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.35.06%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=3bd88cac-08be-4f39-8717-1af7de9efe9b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

It shows:

* What’s included (resources, quizzes, assignments, tests)
* That it’s a **PAID journey**

> 🔴 **Important:** Once access is granted to a user, it **cannot be revoked**. Choose carefully!

***

**5. Click “Create” to Save**

Your Journey is now created and ready to be assigned to batches or individual students.

***

## **Assigning a Journey to Students or Batches**

Once you’ve created a journey, the next step is to assign it to your students or a batch. This allows them to immediately access the materials, tests, and resources you’ve bundled together.

***

### Where to Assign From?

You can assign journeys from two main areas:

1. **Courses > Journeys tab** – to assign from a specific journey
2. **Operations > Users tab** – to assign based on student names or email directly

***

### Method 1: Assign from the Course Journey Page

#### Step-by-Step

**1. Click “Grant to Student” on the desired Journey card**

This opens the **Grant Journey** popup.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F9wjUR5bCA7H2UO6Mqeix%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.36.10%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=952bf89b-3fb1-4f47-81d7-98637181bb41" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

**2. Choose Users or Batches**

* You can **search users by name or email**, or
* Select an entire batch (ex: 1-on-1 or group batches)

> 🔴 **IMPORTANT NOTE:**
>
> * A red alert will appear if **free plan slots are exceeded**.
> * So if users you chose are on free plan and you are assigning a paid journey to them, It will automatically convert them free users into paid users.&#x20;
> * It will also show how many users will be upgraded to a paid account.
> * Once granted, **access cannot be revoked**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FxM7ti07g80pX40WyoYvc%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.36.18%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ec75ad34-9fa0-4b64-9a62-ef007d6c6af9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

**3. Choose the Plan**

You’ll be asked to confirm the plan type if paid seats are being used:

* **PRO**
* **PRO MAX**

Make your choice and click **Done**.

***

### Method 2: Assign from Operations > Users

If you prefer managing individual students:

1. Go to **Operations > Users tab**
2. Click **Assign** next to any user

This opens a dialog to **select a journey from the list**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FuJ1fX0MnqN0bLfjlHAbW%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%201.37.39%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=4990fe2e-ac94-4a80-8500-dab43dc2f287" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

> ✅ You’ll also see the user’s current plan (Free/Pro/etc.), email, and existing assigned journeys.

Click **Grant** to assign.

***

Once assigned:

* The student immediately gains access to all included items
* If the user is on a Free Plan and exceeds limits, they will be automatically converted to a **Paid Plan**

***

### **Managing Journeys – Best Practices & Notes**

After creating and assigning a journey, it’s essential to understand how to **manage expectations** and **ensure smooth delivery**. While the system automates most of the work, there are a few important things you, as an educator, should be aware of.

***

## Critical Rules You Must Know

#### 1. **Access Cannot Be Revoked**

> 🔴 Once a journey is assigned to a user, **you cannot undo or remove it**.\
> This means you should **double-check** the user list before granting access.

Use the **"View Users"** button to review who has been selected and how many free seats are being used.

***

#### 2. **Assigning a Journey = Full Access**

Once assigned, students will get immediate access to:

* All resources (e.g., reading material, lesson plans, worksheets)
* Practice tests
* Structured/mock tests
* AI-powered tools (as per plan limit)

No further action is needed. The journey becomes visible in the student’s dashboard.

***

#### 3. **FREE vs. PAID Journey Limitations**

| Feature          | FREE Journey  | PAID Journey  |
| ---------------- | ------------- | ------------- |
| Resources        | Up to 5       | Unlimited     |
| Practice Tests   | 2             | Unlimited     |
| Structured Tests | 1             | Unlimited     |
| AI Chats         | 10            | Unlimited     |
| Revoke Access    | ❌ Not Allowed | ❌ Not Allowed |

Choose the **Free plan** if you’re running a trial, demo, or lead conversion campaign.\
Use the **Paid plan** for your enrolled students to unlock full features.


# Course AI Avatar

## **Course AI Avatar – Setup & Guidance**

#### Overview

The **AI Avatar** allows educators to add a personalized, interactive assistant to their course. This assistant serves as a **student-facing tutor**, guiding learners with explanations, answering doubts, and maintaining a consistent, helpful tone throughout the learning journey.

***

### What is the AI Avatar?

The AI Avatar is an embedded virtual assistant designed to:

* Support learners with **real-time query resolution**
* Provide **encouragement**, **reminders**, and **learning tips**
* Maintain a **friendly, course-specific identity**

It reflects the tone, style, and approach you, the instructor, define during setup.

***

### How to Set Up Your AI Avatar

Navigate to the **“Course AI Avatar”** tab from your course dashboard (e.g., *SAT Math Mastery 2025: Advanced Track*).

***

### Step-by-Step Configuration

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FBXzgcvu09niniWoAXg6V%2FScreenshot%202025-03-31%20at%208.52.38%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9cbed41e-79c5-424e-a1fb-99bf1fed4368" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 1. **Upload an AI Avatar Image**

* **Drag and drop** a photo or click **“Browse from device”** to upload.
* Ideal format: square photo with professional or friendly visual tone.
* *Recommended size: 500x500 px for best quality.*

***

#### 2. **Set the AI Avatar Name**

| Field              | Description                                                                                                                                  |
| ------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **AI Avatar Name** | The name students will see. This can be formal (e.g., *Ms. Jennifer Smith*) or casual (e.g., *Coach Jen*), depending on your teaching style. |

**Tip:** Use a name that builds rapport and sets the tone for how students interact with your avatar.

***

#### 3. **Add an AI Avatar Description**

This section defines the **role and focus** of your AI assistant. Keep it short and descriptive.

**Examples:**

* “Helps students solve SAT Math problems with step-by-step guidance.”
* “Encourages practice, tracks progress, and clears doubts on the go.”
* “Expert in SAT Math topics including Algebra, Geometry, and Advanced Math.”

***

#### 4. **Write a Welcome Message**

This is the **first message** your avatar sends when a student starts interacting. Use it to:

* Build trust
* Invite engagement
* Explain how students can use the assistant

**Example:**

> “Hey there, future SAT star! Struggling with a tricky math concept? I’m here to help—just type your question, and I’ll walk you through it step-by-step. Let’s crush this together! ”

***

#### 5. **Define the Avatar's Response Tone**

Decide how your avatar should **interact** with students. You can instruct the system to behave like:

| Tone Style                | Description                                                       |
| ------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Friendly & Encouraging    | Motivates and uplifts learners, uses emojis and informal language |
| Professional & Supportive | Formal, focused on clear explanations and confidence-building     |
| Direct & Efficient        | To-the-point guidance with limited small talk                     |

**Example Instruction:**

> “Respond like a cheerful, encouraging math tutor. Always provide simple explanations, relate to real-life examples, and celebrate progress with a warm tone.”

***

### Best Practices for Effective AI Avatars

| Tip                                      | Why it Works                             |
| ---------------------------------------- | ---------------------------------------- |
| Use a **friendly name**                  | Builds student trust and approachability |
| Write a **personalized welcome message** | Encourages immediate engagement          |
| Define a clear **subject focus**         | Ensures responses remain relevant        |
| Set a **consistent tone**                | Helps students feel safe and supported   |

***

### Use Cases

* **Homework Help**: Students can ask the avatar for hints or clarifications.
* **Concept Review**: The avatar can explain math terms, formulas, and rules.
* **Practice Support**: When linked with quizzes or worksheets, the avatar can give feedback or suggestions.
* **Exam Prep**: Provide timed study reminders or motivational nudges.

***

### Permissions & Access

Only course creators or admins can configure the AI Avatar. Changes can be saved using the **“Save Changes”** button after all fields are completed.


# Monetization

## What is VEGA Monetization?

VEGA Monetization is a complete solution that allows you to:

✅ **Package Your Content** - Bundle courses, tests, resources, AI avatars, and AI agents into sellable products\
✅ **Accept Payments Globally** - Receive payments from customers worldwide\
✅ **Automate Delivery** - Learners get instant access after purchase (no manual work!)\
✅ **Track Revenue** - Monitor sales and earnings in real-time\
✅ **Focus on Creation** – Spend time innovating, not managing transactions.

### Key Features at a Glance

| Feature                       | Description                                                                                    |
| ----------------------------- | ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Automatic Access Granting** | After purchase, VEGA instantly grants learners access to courses, tests, resources, and spaces |
| **AI Chat Limit Increases**   | Automatically increases AI chat limits for avatars and agents purchased                        |
| **Global Payment Support**    | Accept payments from 40+ countries                                                             |
| **Low Fees**                  | Only 3% + payment processing fees (lowest in the industry)                                     |
| **No Manual Work**            | Everything happens automatically - no email lists, no manual access codes                      |
| **Secure & Compliant**        | Enterprise-grade security with PCI DSS compliance                                              |

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FSefv2cxsw3WhLNM9d2BD%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=163701d9-a6fe-4c8d-9638-0f43a2397217" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Complete Documentation

| Section                 | Description                                       | Link                                                              |
| ----------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Getting Started**     | Prerequisites, Stripe setup, account verification | [View →](/monetization/getting-started)                           |
| **Creating Products**   | Product creation, pricing, configurations         | [View →](broken://pages/48ef3735e6b0bda6023c84544dd46ff512fad646) |
| **Publishing Products** | Publishing, editing, managing products            | [View →](/monetization/publishing-products)                       |
| **After Purchase**      | Automatic access granting and post-purchase flow  | [View →](/monetization/after-purchase)                            |
| **Best Practices**      | Pricing strategies, marketing, launch tips        | [View →](/monetization/best-practices)                            |
| **Troubleshooting**     | Common issues and solutions                       | [View →](/monetization/troubleshooting)                           |

***

## Why Choose VEGA?

### Industry-Leading Fee Structure

VEGA offers the most competitive rates compared to other platforms:

| Platform | Transaction Fee               |
| -------- | ----------------------------- |
| Discord  | 16%                           |
| Patreon  | 14%                           |
| Whop     | 13%                           |
| Circle   | 7%                            |
| Stan     | 6%                            |
| **VEGA** | **3% + payment processing** ✨ |

What This Means for You: If you sell a $100 product:

* Other platforms take $7–$16
* VEGA takes only $3 + payment processing (\~$3)
* You keep $94 instead of $84–$93!

### Automatic Post-Purchase Actions

When a learner purchases your product, VEGA automatically:

* ✅ Grants access to all courses included in the product
* ✅ Unlocks tests and assessments
* ✅ Provides access to learning resources
* ✅ Increases AI chat limits for avatars and agents
* ✅ Sends confirmation notifications

No manual intervention required!

***

{% hint style="info" %}

### Need Help?

* 📖 Browse Documentation - Use the navigation above
* 🔍 Search for Topics - Use Ctrl/Cmd + F to find specific topics
* ❓ Check FAQ - [View common questions →](broken://pages/c961987143b68ca9c4e708222b0a456020657715)
* 🐛 Having Issues? - [See troubleshooting →](/monetization/troubleshooting)
* 💬 Contact Support - <support@myvega.ai>
  {% endhint %}

***

## Ready to Start?

👉 [Begin with Getting Started →](/monetization/getting-started)

Transform your expertise into a thriving digital business today!


# Getting started

## Prerequisites

Before you start, make sure you have:

### Required Items

* ✅ A VEGA Admin account
* ✅ At least one deployed course in VEGA
* ✅ Your business/personal information (for Stripe account setup)
* ✅ A bank account for receiving payments
* ✅ Valid identification documents (for verification)

### Supported Countries

VEGA Monetization uses Stripe Connect, which is available in 40+ countries including:

* 🇺🇸 United States
* 🇨🇦 Canada
* 🇬🇧 United Kingdom
* 🇦🇺 Australia
* 🇩🇪 Germany
* 🇫🇷 France
* 🇮🇹 Italy
* 🇪🇸 Spain
* 🇯🇵 Japan
* 🇸🇬 Singapore
* And 30+ more countries!

{% hint style="info" %}
If your country isn't listed, Stripe Connect may not be available yet. Check the Stripe website for the latest supported countries.
{% endhint %}

***

## Stripe Connect Setup

Setting up payment processing typically takes 5–10 minutes. Follow the steps below.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Access Monetization

* Log in to your VEGA Admin dashboard.
* Click on **Monetization** in the left sidebar.
* You'll see the Monetization welcome page.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Connect Your Stripe Account

* On the Monetization page, click the **Connect Stripe Account** button.
* The onboarding wizard will appear.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select Your Country

* In the dropdown menu, select the country where you or your business is based.
* Click **Generate Stripe Connect Link**.

{% hint style="warning" %}
Choose the country where your business is legally registered. This cannot be changed later without creating a new account.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Complete Stripe Onboarding

* A secure Stripe link will be generated.
* Click **Open Stripe Connect Setup** to open the link.
* You'll be redirected to Stripe's secure platform.
* Fill out the required information:
  * Business/personal details
  * Tax information
  * Bank account details
  * Identity verification
    {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Verify Your Account

* Complete all required fields in Stripe.
* Upload any requested documents (ID, business license, etc.).
* Once submitted, Stripe will verify your information (usually within 1–2 business days).
* You'll receive an email confirmation when approved.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Return to VEGA

* After completing Stripe setup, return to the VEGA Monetization page.
* Copy your Stripe Connected Account ID from Stripe.
* Paste it in the **Stripe Connected Account ID** field.
* Click **Verify & Complete**.
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Confirmation

Once verified, you'll see:

* ✅ **Stripe Connect Status: Connected**
* Your account ID displayed
* The "Create & Publish Products" section becomes active
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FQk2JiGzhlMQJmMg1Y4dX%2FScreenshot%202025-10-29%20at%209.44.41%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2a844aae-e095-4424-ac4b-98d36025d3d7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

## Account Verification

### Verification Timeline

| Stage                      | Duration          | What Happens                     |
| -------------------------- | ----------------- | -------------------------------- |
| **Information Submission** | 15–20 minutes     | You fill out Stripe forms        |
| **Document Upload**        | 5–10 minutes      | Upload ID and business documents |
| **Stripe Review**          | 1–2 business days | Stripe verifies your information |
| **Approval**               | Instant           | You receive confirmation email   |

### Common Verification Requirements

Depending on your country and business type, Stripe may require:

* **Personal ID** — Driver's license, passport, or national ID
* **Business Documents** — Business license, articles of incorporation
* **Tax Information** — EIN, VAT number, or tax ID
* **Bank Verification** — Bank statement or voided check
* **Proof of Address** — Utility bill or bank statement

### Check Verification Status

1. Log into your Stripe dashboard at stripe.com
2. Go to **Settings** → **Account Details**
3. View any pending requirements under "Verification"

***

## Troubleshooting Connection Issues

<details>

<summary><strong>Problem: "Unable to connect Stripe account"</strong></summary>

Solutions:

* Ensure you've completed all required fields in Stripe
* Verify your email address with Stripe
* Check that your country is supported
* Wait 24 hours for verification to complete
* Contact VEGA support if issue persists

</details>

<details>

<summary><strong>Problem: "Stripe account not verified"</strong></summary>

Solutions:

* Log into your Stripe dashboard
* Check for pending verification requirements
* Upload any requested documents
* Complete all missing information
* Verification typically takes 1–2 business days

</details>

***

## What's Next?

✅ Congratulations — your payment processing is set up.

Now you're ready to create your first product:

* Continue to: [Creating Products →](broken://pages/48ef3735e6b0bda6023c84544dd46ff512fad646)


# Creating products

## Understanding Products

A **product** is what your learners will purchase. It can include:

* Access to specific courses
* Tests and assessments
* Learning resources
* AI avatars with increased chat limits
* AI agents with enhanced capabilities

Think of a product as a bundle that automatically delivers everything to your learner upon purchase.

***

## Step-by-Step: Create a Product

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Select a Course

* After connecting Stripe, scroll to the **"Products"** section
* Use the **"Select Course"** dropdown to choose which course this product relates to
* Only deployed courses will appear in the list

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F4PmjABBT2QnlnaKZmd5G%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7a50ec64-e05b-4739-b7e3-931bb417ae90" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Tip: If no courses appear, make sure you have at least one deployed course. Go to **Courses** → Deploy a course.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Open Product Creation Form

* Click the **"Add Product"** button
* A product creation form will appear

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F8c61B9nUIfe5KeGElqqn%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=bdff7cf9-81f0-4f28-9dfb-44ee39175a8b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select User Plan

Choose which VEGA user plan this product will grant to learners.

Available Plans:

* **VEGA Pro** - Includes 15 structured tests, 250 practice tests, 360 resources, 600 AI chats
* **VEGA Pro Max** - Includes 50 structured tests, 500 practice tests, 750 resources, 1200 AI chats

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FsyN5WT6snTpm2ExvXeu5%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=3ed88b8c-5845-47b0-af49-b87086cf656e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

What This Means:

* When a learner purchases your product, they automatically receive the selected plan's benefits. This determines:
  * How many tests they can take
  * How many resources they can access
  * How many AI chats they get
  * The level of analytics and features

Pricing Requirements:

| Plan             | Minimum Pricing                                    |
| ---------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |
| **VEGA Pro**     | $20/month • $30/quarter • $40/half-year • $60/year |
| **VEGA Pro Max** | $30/month • $45/quarter • $60/half-year • $90/year |

> Note: VEGA retains $60 (Pro) or $90 (Pro Max) per user annually, or 3% after payment gateway fees, whichever is higher.
> {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select Course Journey

Choose which course journey learners will get access to.

What is a Course Journey?

* A course journey is a structured learning path that includes:
  * Structured tests (for assessments)
  * Diagnostic tests (for skill evaluation)
  * Practice tests (for practice)
  * Learning resources (materials, guides, templates)
  * Spaces (community access)

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FnOQh3ZOzTJyLUof4eBTd%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=a341f35d-573a-49cd-bf0a-28411a843b87" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Journey Requirements:

* Only **PAID** journeys will appear in the dropdown
* Journeys must be created in advance under the Journeys section
* All content in the journey is automatically granted to learners upon purchase

What You'll See:

* After selecting a journey, you'll see a summary showing:
  * Number of structured tests
  * Number of diagnostic tests
  * Number of practice tests
  * Number of learning resources
  * Number of spaces
  * Names of all included content

\[Screenshot: Journey Overview Display]
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Product Details

Now you'll add the marketing details for your product.

Product Name

* Enter a clear, descriptive name for your product
* Make it compelling and benefit-focused

Good Examples:

* "Complete Python Programming Course"
* "Advanced Marketing Masterclass"
* "Full-Stack Developer Bootcamp"

Avoid:

* Generic names like "Course 1"
* Confusing abbreviations

Description

* Write a compelling description that sells the value:
  * Explain what's included
  * Highlight the key benefits
  * Mention who it's for
  * Keep it clear and scannable

Example:

```
Master Python programming with 50+ video lessons, hands-on projects, and lifetime
access to course materials. Perfect for beginners with zero coding experience who
want to build real-world applications and land their first developer job.
```

\[Screenshot: Product Description Field]

Product Image

* Upload an eye-catching image (recommended: 1200x630 pixels)
* Use high-quality graphics that represent your course
* This image appears on the product listing
* Supported formats: JPG, PNG, WebP
* Maximum file size: 20MB

Features List

* Add 3-5 key features/benefits that learners will receive:
  * Click **"+ Add Feature"** for each one
  * Focus on outcomes and benefits
  * Be specific and concrete

Good Examples:

* "50+ HD video lessons (15 hours total)"
* "Downloadable resources and templates"
* "Certificate of completion"
* "Lifetime access to all future updates"
* "Private community access for networking"

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FjNEc1R6TuYcybwiCDYnC%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=9720ab1d-7561-4cbd-8e35-ba534808ebcb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Pricing Configuration

Currency

* Select your preferred currency (USD, EUR, GBP, etc.)
* This determines how prices display to customers
* Choose the currency most common for your target audience

Price Amount

* Enter the price in the smallest currency unit (cents for USD)
  * Example: For $99.99, enter `9999`
* Or use the dollar input if available
* Minimum price varies by currency (typically $0.50 USD)

Pricing Type Choose the pricing model that fits your content:

One-Time Purchase

* Learner pays once and gets lifetime access
* Best for: Complete courses, bundled content, workshops
* Example: $99 one-time payment
* Pros: Higher perceived value, no subscription management
* Cons: No recurring revenue

Subscription (Recurring)

* Learner pays regularly for continued access
* Choose interval: Monthly, Yearly, etc.
* Best for: Ongoing coaching, membership sites, continuously updated content
* Example: $29/month or $299/year
* Pros: Predictable recurring revenue
* Cons: Higher churn risk, requires ongoing value delivery

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMgtC90REifwSjCcrXprA%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=58cdb5f8-7092-409b-8cc6-4832de22d373" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% hint style="info" %}
Tip: One-time purchases tend to have higher perceived value, while subscriptions provide predictable recurring revenue. Consider offering both!
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Review and Create

* Double-check all information:
  * User plan is selected (Pro or Pro Max)
  * Course journey is linked
  * Product name is clear and compelling
  * Description highlights key benefits
  * Image looks professional
  * Features are specific and valuable
  * Price meets minimum requirements
  * Currency is appropriate
* Click **"Create Product"**
* Your product will be created in **draft** status

Success!

* You'll see a confirmation message and your new product will appear in the products list.

> Important: Products are created in draft status and are NOT visible to learners yet. You need to publish them first!
> {% endstep %}
> {% endstepper %}

***

## Next Step

Your product is created! Now you need to publish it to make it available for purchase:

👉 [Continue to Publishing Products →](/monetization/publishing-products)


# Publishing products

### Understanding Product Status

Products are created in **draft** status by default. They must be published before customers can purchase them.

#### Draft vs. Published

| Status        | Visibility              | Purchases              | When to Use                                        |
| ------------- | ----------------------- | ---------------------- | -------------------------------------------------- |
| **Draft**     | Only visible to you     | Cannot be purchased    | While testing, setting up, or making major changes |
| **Published** | Visible to all learners | Available for purchase | When ready to sell                                 |

***

### Publishing a Product

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to Publish

* Find your product in the products list
* Click the **"Publish"** button on the product card
* Confirm the publishing action
* The status changes from "Draft" to "Published"
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Before You Publish - Checklist

Make sure everything is ready:

* ✅ Product name is clear and professional
* ✅ Description accurately represents what's included
* ✅ Image looks high-quality and appealing
* ✅ Features list is complete
* ✅ Price is correct
* ✅ Course content is complete and deployed
* ✅ You've tested the product (if possible)

{% hint style="info" %}
Tip: Once published, your product is immediately available for purchase. Make sure everything is perfect first!
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Unpublishing a Product

#### When to Unpublish

Unpublish a product when you need to:

* Make major updates or changes
* Temporarily stop selling
* Review and revise content
* Update pricing structure
* Fix issues or errors

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to Unpublish

* Click the **"Unpublish"** button on a published product
* Confirm the action
* The product returns to draft status
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
{% hint style="info" %}
Important: Unpublishing does NOT affect learners who already purchased. They retain their access and continue using the product normally.
{% endhint %}
{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Editing Products

#### What Can Be Edited

You can update most product details after creation:

* Product name
* Description
* Images
* Features list
* Pricing (affects future purchases only)

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to Edit

* Click the **edit icon** on the product card
* Modify the fields you want to change
* Click **"Save Changes"**

![](https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FpibokG58e29EkzXlaCsV%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=cc9e2f81-b493-4f7c-86cc-766a0b243e3d)
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Important Notes About Editing

{% hint style="warning" %}
Editing a product does NOT affect existing customers. Only new purchases will use the updated information.
{% endhint %}

#### Changing Prices

* New price applies to future purchases only
* Existing customers keep their original pricing
* Consider your current customers before big price increases
* You may want to create a new product instead for major price changes

#### Editing Published Products

* You CAN edit published products without unpublishing
* Changes take effect immediately
* Learners see updated information right away
* Consider unpublishing for major overhauls
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

### Deleting Products

#### When to Delete

Delete a product when:

* You're permanently discontinuing it
* It was created by mistake
* You're consolidating product offerings
* The course is no longer available

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to Delete

* Click the **trash icon** on the product card
* Confirm the deletion
* The product is permanently removed
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}
{% hint style="danger" %}
Warning:

* Deleting a product is permanent and cannot be undone!
* Existing customers retain their access (deletion doesn't revoke access)
* You won't be able to restore the product
* Consider unpublishing instead if you might want it back later
  {% endhint %}
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

### Managing Multiple Products

#### Viewing All Products

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to View All Products

* Navigate to **"Monetization"** in the sidebar
* Scroll to the **"Products"** section
* Select a course from the dropdown to view its products

{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Refreshing Products List

* If you don't see a recently created product:
  * Click the **refresh icon** at the top of the products section
  * The list will reload with the latest data

    <figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FmXkwaFaZhzopfCEXeLUE%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=4e457292-bbf9-45f7-a279-6860f452597b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

{% endstep %}
{% endstepper %}

***

### Viewing Transactions

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### How to View Transactions for a Product

* Find your product in the products list
* Click **"View Transactions"** on the product card
* See a list of all purchases for that product
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

What's next: ✅ Your product is published and ready for sale!

Now let's understand what happens after a learner makes a purchase:

👉 [Continue to After Purchase →](/monetization/after-purchase)


# After purchase

***

## The Purchase Flow

One of VEGA's most powerful features is **automatic post-purchase processing**. Here's exactly what happens when a learner purchases your product.

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Learner Clicks "Get Started"

When a learner clicks on your published product, they're taken to a secure Stripe checkout page.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fol1B0XZd1Zpd5bKIVPch%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=b1c84d23-665b-4e0d-8ba8-c1cd001e93a1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Secure Payment

* Learner enters payment information securely through Stripe
* Payment is processed in real-time
* Learner receives payment confirmation
* All payment data is handled securely by Stripe (PCI DSS compliant)
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

## Automatic Access Granting

### This Happens Instantly!

Within seconds of successful payment, VEGA automatically grants access. **No manual work required from you!**

### ✅ Grants Course Access

What Happens:

* Learner is automatically enrolled in the course
* All lessons, modules, and content become available
* Progress tracking begins automatically
* Learner dashboard updates instantly

What This Means:

* No manual enrollment needed
* No email lists to manage
* No access codes to send
* Learners start learning immediately

### ✅ Unlocks Tests & Assessments

What Happens:

* Practice tests are activated
* Structured tests become available
* Assessment tools are unlocked
* Learner can begin taking tests immediately

What This Means:

* Complete learning experience from day one
* No delays waiting for access
* Automatic tracking of test results

### ✅ Provides Resources

What Happens:

* Downloadable materials are accessible
* PDF guides, templates, and worksheets are unlocked
* Resource library opens up
* Learner can view and download all materials

What This Means:

* Immediate access to all course materials
* No separate resource delivery needed
* Learners can download and learn offline

### ✅ Increases AI Limits

What Happens:

* AI avatar chat limits are increased
* AI agent capabilities are enhanced
* Premium AI features unlock
* Learner can interact more with AI tools

What This Means:

* Enhanced learning experience
* More AI-powered assistance
* Better personalization

\[Screenshot: Automatic Access Workflow Diagram]

***

## Notifications

Both you and the learner receive notifications about the purchase.

### Learner Receives:

Email Notifications:

* Purchase confirmation email
* Welcome message with access instructions
* Links to start learning immediately
* Login credentials (if new user)

In-App Notifications:

* Dashboard update with new course access
* Welcome notification in VEGA
* Quick start guide

### You Receive:

Email Notifications:

* New purchase notification
* Revenue update
* Learner enrollment confirmation
* Transaction summary

In-App Notifications:

* Real-time purchase alert
* Revenue dashboard update
* Learner count increase

{% hint style="info" %}
Tip: Set up notification preferences in your VEGA admin settings to control how you're alerted about new purchases.
{% endhint %}

***

## What Happens Long-Term

### Ongoing Access

* Learner maintains access according to product type
* One-time purchase = Lifetime access
* Subscription = Access continues while subscription is active
* Updates and new content are automatically accessible

### Course Updates

If you update your course content:

* Existing learners automatically see updates
* No need to notify or re-grant access
* Everything updates in real-time

### Subscription Renewals

For subscription products:

* Automatic renewal attempts on due date
* Learner receives renewal reminder emails
* Access continues if renewal succeeds
* Access pauses if renewal fails (learner notified)

***

## What's Next?

✅ Now you understand the complete purchase and delivery process!

Let's learn about payments and how you get paid:

👉 [Continue to Payments & Payouts →](broken://pages/55709ddb6bb2afe22a78637143a09b7d63f6adcc)


# Best practices

### Best Practices

***

### Pricing Strategy

#### Start with Competitive Research

Before setting your price:

* Research similar courses in your niche
* Price competitively but don't undervalue your expertise
* Consider the depth and quality of your content
* Look at what learners are willing to pay
* Factor in your target audience's budget

Questions to Ask:

* What do competitors charge?
* What's unique about my offering?
* What results do learners achieve?
* How much time/value do I provide?
* What's the ROI for learners?

***

#### Pricing Tiers

Consider creating multiple products at different price points:

| Tier         | Price Range | What's Included                          | Best For                  |
| ------------ | ----------- | ---------------------------------------- | ------------------------- |
| **Basic**    | $29-$49     | Core course content only                 | Budget-conscious learners |
| **Standard** | $79-$149    | Course + resources + community           | Most popular choice       |
| **Premium**  | $199-$499   | Everything + AI avatars + 1-on-1 support | Serious learners          |

Benefits of Tiered Pricing:

* Appeals to different budget levels
* Increases average order value
* Provides upsell opportunities
* Maximizes revenue per learner

***

#### Testing Prices

Pricing is not set in stone:

* Don't be afraid to adjust prices based on sales data
* Monitor conversion rates at different price points
* Seasonal promotions can boost sales
* A/B test pricing if you have the traffic
* Survey learners about perceived value

When to Adjust:

* Low conversion rate (price may be too high)
* High sales but low revenue (price may be too low)
* Competitor changes pricing
* You add significant new content
* Market conditions change

***

#### Psychology of Pricing

Use Charm Pricing:

* $99 feels significantly less than $100
* $197 converts better than $200
* End prices in 7 or 9 for best results

Anchor High:

* Show original price crossed out
* Display most expensive tier first
* Mention competitor prices

Bundle Value:

* List individual component values
* Show total value vs. package price
* Highlight the savings

***

### Product Descriptions

#### Write Compelling Copy

Your description sells the product. Make it count!

❌ Bad Example:

```
This course teaches Python
```

✅ Good Example:

```
Master Python in 30 days with hands-on projects that build real-world applications.
Perfect for beginners with zero coding experience who want to land their first
developer job.
```

***

#### Formula for Great Descriptions

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Hook (First Line)

* Grab attention immediately
* State the main benefit
* Make it specific
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Promise (What They'll Achieve)

* Specific outcomes
* Measurable results
* Timeline if possible
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Social Proof

* Learner testimonials
* Number of learners
* Success stories
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### What's Included

* List key components
* Emphasize value
* Be specific
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Who It's For

* Ideal learner profile
* Prerequisites (if any)
* Who will benefit most
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Call to Action

* Clear next step
* Create urgency
* Remove risk
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

#### Highlight Benefits, Not Features

❌ Feature-Focused:

```
Includes 50 videos
```

✅ Benefit-Focused:

```
Learn at your own pace with 50 bite-sized video lessons, each under 10 minutes,
designed to fit your busy schedule
```

Transform Features to Benefits:

| Feature                  | Benefit                                                                    |
| ------------------------ | -------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| "50 video lessons"       | "Learn at your own pace - start and stop whenever life happens"            |
| "Downloadable resources" | "Take your learning offline and access materials anytime, anywhere"        |
| "Certificate"            | "Showcase your new skills to employers and stand out from the competition" |
| "Community access"       | "Never feel stuck - get help from peers and experts in real-time"          |

***

#### Use Social Proof

Build trust and credibility:

* Include learner testimonials
* Mention number of successful learners
* Highlight success stories
* Show before/after transformations
* Display ratings/reviews
* Feature case studies

Example:

```
"Join 1,247 learners who've already mastered Python and landed developer jobs.
Average salary increase: $25,000/year."

"I went from zero coding knowledge to building my first app in just 6 weeks!"
- Sarah Chen, Software Developer
```

***

### Product Images

#### Best Practices

Your image is the first thing learners see. Make it count!

Technical Requirements:

* Use high-resolution images (1200x630px recommended)
* File size under 5MB
* Supported formats: JPG, PNG, WebP

Design Best Practices:

* Include text overlay with key benefit
* Use your brand colors consistently
* Show the learning outcome visually
* Avoid stock photos that look generic
* Make it professional but approachable
* Ensure text is readable at small sizes

\[Screenshot: Example of Good Product Image]

***

#### What to Include

Effective Elements:

* Course title
* Key benefit or outcome
* Your logo/branding
* Relevant imagery
* Clear typography
* Contrasting colors

Avoid:

* Cluttered designs
* Too much text
* Low-quality images
* Distracting backgrounds
* Unprofessional fonts

***

#### Tools for Creating Images

Free Tools:

* **Canva** - Easy drag-and-drop (recommended)
* **Adobe Express** - Professional templates
* **Figma** - Design flexibility

Premium Tools:

* **Adobe Photoshop** - Full control
* **Affinity Designer** - One-time purchase
* **Sketch** - Mac only

Templates:

* Look for "course thumbnail" templates
* Customize with your brand colors
* Keep consistent style across products

***

### Feature Highlights

#### Make Features Scannable

Use clear, benefit-driven bullet points:

✅ Good Examples:

* "Lifetime access - learn at your own pace"
* "30-day money-back guarantee"
* "Certificate of completion"
* "Private community access"
* "Weekly live Q\&A sessions"

❌ Bad Examples:

* "Videos"
* "Resources included"
* "Support available"

***

#### Feature Formatting

Use Action Words:

* "Get instant access to..."
* "Unlock premium features..."
* "Master the skills needed for..."

Be Specific:

* Not "Many videos" → "50+ HD video lessons"
* Not "Resources included" → "100+ downloadable templates and worksheets"
* Not "Support available" → "24/7 email support with 2-hour response time"

Show Value:

* "Certificate valued at $199 - included free"
* "Access to $500+ worth of bonus content"
* "Lifetime updates - never pay for new content"

***

### Marketing Your Products

#### Effective Channels

**Social Media**

Content Ideas:

* Share learner success stories
* Post snippets of course content
* Go live to answer questions
* Behind-the-scenes content
* Tips and tricks from course
* Learner testimonials
* Progress updates

Platform Strategies:

* **Instagram**: Visual content, stories, reels
* **LinkedIn**: Professional courses, B2B
* **Facebook**: Community building, groups
* **Twitter**: Quick tips, engagement
* **TikTok**: Short educational content
* **YouTube**: Longer tutorials, previews

Use Relevant Hashtags:

* Industry-specific
* Skill-specific
* Problem-solution
* Mix popular and niche

***

**Content Marketing**

Blog Posts:

* Write in your niche
* Answer common questions
* SEO-optimize content
* Link to courses naturally
* Guest post on relevant sites

YouTube Videos:

* Tutorial content
* Course previews
* Learner interviews
* Behind-the-scenes
* Problem-solving videos

Podcasts:

* Start your own show
* Guest on relevant podcasts
* Share expertise
* Build authority

***

**Partnerships**

Collaboration Opportunities:

* Partner with complementary creators
* Offer affiliate commissions (10-20%)
* Cross-promote courses
* Bundle offerings
* Joint webinars
* Guest teaching

Finding Partners:

* Same audience, different niche
* Complementary skills
* Similar values
* Non-competing
* Active community

***

**Paid Advertising**

If you have budget:

Facebook/Instagram Ads:

* Highly targeted
* Good for course launches
* Retargeting works well
* $5-20/day minimum

Google Ads:

* Intent-based
* Search ads for high intent
* Display for awareness
* YouTube ads for video

LinkedIn Ads:

* Professional courses
* B2B targeting
* Higher cost but quality leads

Tips for Ads:

* Start small and test
* Track conversions
* A/B test everything
* Focus on ROI
* Retarget website visitors

***

#### Content Calendar

Plan your marketing:

Weekly:

* 3-5 social media posts
* 1 blog post
* 1 email newsletter
* 2-3 stories/reels

Monthly:

* 1 YouTube video
* 1 webinar or live session
* 1 promotion or launch
* Partnership outreach

Quarterly:

* Major content pieces
* Course updates
* Survey learners
* Analyze and adjust

***

### What's Next?

✅ Now you have strategies to maximize your success!

Need help with issues? Check the troubleshooting guide:

👉 [Continue to Troubleshooting →](/monetization/troubleshooting)


# Troubleshooting

***

## Stripe Connection Issues

### Problem: "Unable to connect Stripe account"

Solutions:

* Ensure you've completed all required fields in Stripe
* Verify your email address with Stripe
* Check that your country is supported
* Wait 24 hours for verification to complete
* Contact VEGA support if issue persists

Screenshot: Stripe Connection Error Example

Common Causes:

* Incomplete Stripe profile
* Unverified email address
* Unsupported country
* Verification still in progress
* Browser cache issues

***

### Problem: "Stripe account not verified"

Solutions:

* Log into your Stripe dashboard
* Check for pending verification requirements
* Upload any requested documents
* Complete all missing information
* Verification typically takes 1-2 business days

What to Check:

* Identity verification documents
* Business documentation
* Tax information
* Bank account details
* Address verification

Speed Up Verification:

* Submit high-quality document scans
* Ensure all information matches exactly
* Respond quickly to Stripe requests
* Contact Stripe support if delayed

***

### Problem: "Account ID not accepted"

Solutions:

* Copy the full account ID from Stripe
* Ensure there are no extra spaces
* Account ID should start with "acct\_"
* Verify account is fully activated in Stripe
* Try the verification process again

***

## Product Creation Issues

### Problem: "No courses available in dropdown"

Solutions:

* Ensure you have at least one deployed course
* Go to "Courses" and deploy a course if needed
* Refresh the Monetization page
* Check that the course status is "DEPLOYED" not "DRAFT"
* Clear browser cache and try again

Screenshot: Course Deployment Status

How to Deploy a Course:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Deploy a course

1. Navigate to Courses section
2. Find your course
3. Click "Deploy" button
4. Confirm deployment
5. Return to Monetization page
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

***

### Problem: "Product not appearing after creation"

Solutions:

* Click the refresh button in the products section
* Ensure you selected the correct course in the dropdown
* Check browser console for errors (F12 key)
* Try logging out and back in
* Clear browser cache
* Wait a few minutes and refresh

If Still Not Appearing:

* Check if product was actually created in Stripe
* Look for error messages
* Contact support with product details

***

### Problem: "Cannot upload product image"

Solutions:

* Check image file size (should be under 5MB)
* Use supported formats: JPG, PNG, or WebP
* Ensure image dimensions are at least 800x600px
* Try compressing the image
* Use a different browser if issue persists

Screenshot: Image Upload Error

Image Requirements:

* Formats: JPG, PNG, WebP
* Size: Under 20MB
* Dimensions: Minimum 800x600px, recommended 1200x630px
* Quality: High resolution, clear, professional

Compression Tools:

* TinyPNG.com
* Squoosh.app
* Compressor.io

***

### Problem: "Form won't submit / Create button not working"

Solutions:

* Check all required fields are filled
* Ensure product name isn't empty
* Verify price is a valid number
* Check that currency is selected
* Look for red error messages on form
* Try disabling browser extensions
* Use a different browser

***

## Pricing Issues

### Problem: "Invalid price amount"

Solutions:

* Enter price in cents (e.g., 9999 for $99.99)
* Must be a positive integer
* No decimal points in the cents field
* Minimum price varies by currency (typically $0.50 USD)
* Maximum price depends on Stripe limits

Correct Price Entry:

* $10.00 → Enter `1000`
* $99.99 → Enter `9999`
* $299.00 → Enter `29900`

Not:

* ❌ 99.99
* ❌ $99
* ❌ 9999.00

***

### Problem: "Subscription setup failed"

Solutions:

* Ensure you selected a valid interval (monthly, yearly)
* Check that interval count is a positive number
* Some currencies don't support subscriptions
* Try creating as one-time purchase first to verify setup
* Check Stripe dashboard for subscription settings

Supported Intervals:

* Daily (not recommended for courses)
* Weekly
* Monthly (most common)
* Every 3 months
* Every 6 months
* Yearly

***

### Problem: "Cannot change pricing"

Solutions:

* Prices for existing products can be updated
* New prices only affect future purchases
* If product is published, changes take effect immediately
* Create new price in Stripe if needed
* Consider creating a new product for major price changes

Important Notes:

* Existing customers keep their original price
* Subscription prices can be updated
* One-time purchase prices only affect new buyers

***

## Purchase & Access Issues

### Problem: "Learner says they can't access course after purchase"

Solutions:

* Verify payment was successful in Stripe dashboard
* Check learner's user profile in Operations → Users
* Confirm course is properly linked to the product
* Manually grant access if needed
* Ask learner to log out and back in
* Check if learner used correct email address

Screenshot: Manual Access Grant Screen

Verification Steps:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Verify learner and subscriptions

1. Go to Operations → Users
2. Search for learner email
3. View their subscriptions
4. Check course access
5. Verify enrollment date
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

Manual Access Grant:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Grant access manually

1. Find learner in Users
2. Click "Grant Access"
3. Select the course
4. Choose the plan level
5. Confirm grant
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

***

### Problem: "Payment succeeded but no access granted"

Solutions:

* This is rare but can happen due to webhook delays
* Check Stripe webhook logs
* Manually grant access to the learner
* Contact VEGA support with transaction ID
* System will auto-retry webhook processing

What Likely Happened:

* Webhook delay (wait 5-10 minutes)
* Webhook failed (check Stripe logs)
* Network issue (temporary)
* Learner needs to refresh page

Preventing Future Issues:

* Ensure webhooks are properly configured
* Check webhook endpoint is active
* Monitor webhook success rate

***

### Problem: "Refund requested - how to revoke access?"

Solutions:

* Process refund through Stripe dashboard
* Manually revoke access in Operations → Users
* Learner will lose access to course
* Subscription will be cancelled if applicable
* Send confirmation email to learner

Refund Process:

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Process refund in Stripe

1. Go to Stripe dashboard
2. Find the transaction
3. Click "Refund"
4. Choose full or partial refund
5. Confirm refund
6. Update VEGA access manually
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

***

### Problem: "Learner received access to wrong product"

Solutions:

* Check which product they purchased
* Verify product configuration in VEGA
* Remove incorrect access in Operations → Users
* Grant correct access manually
* Investigate why wrong access was granted
* Contact support if configuration issue

***

## General Troubleshooting

### First Steps for Any Issue

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Try a basic refresh

* Refresh the page — simple but often effective
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Clear cache

* Clear browser cache to resolve display issues (see browser-specific steps below)
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Use another browser

* Try a different browser to rule out browser-specific problems
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Check connection

* Ensure stable internet connection
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Reset session

* Log out and back in to reset your session
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Wait briefly

* Wait a few minutes — some processes take time
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Inspect errors

* Check for error messages and read them carefully
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

How to Clear Browser Cache

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Chrome

1. Press Ctrl+Shift+Delete (Cmd+Shift+Delete on Mac)
2. Select "Cached images and files"
3. Choose "All time"
4. Click "Clear data"
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Firefox

1. Press Ctrl+Shift+Delete (Cmd+Shift+Delete on Mac)
2. Select "Cache"
3. Click "Clear Now"
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Safari

1. Go to Safari → Preferences
2. Advanced tab
3. Check "Show Develop menu"
4. Develop → Empty Caches
   {% endstep %}
   {% endstepper %}

Checking Browser Console for Errors

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Open the console

1. Press F12 (or Cmd+Option+I on Mac)
2. Click "Console" tab
   {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Look for errors

* Look for red error messages
* Take a screenshot for support
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

***

### When to Contact Support

Contact VEGA support if:

* Issue persists after trying solutions
* You see consistent error messages
* Money or access is involved
* Issue affects multiple learners
* You need urgent assistance

What to Include:

* Clear description of the problem
* Steps you've already tried
* Screenshots of errors
* Transaction IDs (if applicable)
* Your organization/account details
* Browser and OS information

How to Contact:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>
* In-app support chat

Expected Response Time:

* Critical issues: Within 4 hours
* General support: Within 24 hours
* Account questions: Within 48 hours

***

Still have questions? Check our comprehensive FAQ:

<details>

<summary>Continue to FAQ</summary>

[Continue to FAQ →](broken://pages/c961987143b68ca9c4e708222b0a456020657715)

</details>


# Operations

### 📚 Table of Contents

1. What is the Operations?
2. Getting Started - Course Selection
3. Understanding the Interface
4. Available Tabs Overview
5. Common Workflows
6. Troubleshooting
7. Best Practices

***

### What is Operations?

**Operations** is your central command center for managing all aspects of your educational courses. Think of it as the "mission control" for your learning platform where you can:

* 👥 **Manage Users**: Add, view, and organize all your users
* 📊 **Track Performance**: Monitor how well users and batches are performing
* 📝 **Assign Content**: Give users tests, resources, and learning materials
* 📅 **Schedule Classes**: Plan and manage live sessions and meetings
* 🔔 **Send Notifications**: Keep users informed and engaged
* 📈 **Analyze Data**: Get insights into learning progress and outcomes

**Why is it important?** The Operations brings everything together in one place, making it easy to manage your entire educational program without jumping between different tools.

***

### Getting Started - Course Selection

#### 🎯 The Most Important First Step

**Before you can do anything else, you MUST select a course.** This is like choosing which classroom you want to work in.

#### Why Course Selection Matters

Every single feature in the Operations depends on knowing which course you're working with. It's like having a key that unlocks all the tools:

* **User data** is organized by course
* **Test assignments** are course-specific
* **Analytics** show course performance
* **Scheduling & Classes** is tied to course batches

#### What Happens If No Course is Selected?

**For first-time visitors**, when you first enter the Operations, no course will be selected by default. You'll be greeted with a screen as shown below.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F2MYqYxEZ0f512jKUnVv9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5a3e550c-5733-4315-a552-416e5eb3ba61" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### How to Select a Course

**Step 1: Look for the Course Selector**

You'll see a dropdown box labeled **"Select Course"** at the center of the page.

**Step 2: Choose Your Course**

1. Click on the dropdown arrow
2. You'll see a list of all available courses
3. Each course shows:
   * **Course Name** (in bold)
   * **Created Date** (when the course was made)
4. Click on the course you want to work with

**Note**: This selection can be changed anytime during the session as mentioned below.

***

### Understanding the Interface

#### Selected Course Display

Once you select a course, you'll see:

* **"Selected Course:"** label
* **Course name** in a red-bordered box
* Just to the very right of it the same course selector dropdown which lets you change course in mid sessions so you manage a lot of operations together

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRMGh6izx3ho7F93EXWOZ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=9668b14d-ffec-40ac-a013-8559c7d5cb69" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Available Tabs Overview

**Note**: The description below is just a very brief overview of the operations and in detailed information is available for all features in further sections.

#### 1. 👥 Users Tab

**What it does**: Manage all your users in one place

**Key Features**:

* View complete user list with details
* See when users signed up and last logged in
* Check which batches users belong to
* View user subscription plans
* Export user data
* Add new users
* Grant learning journeys and plans
* View individual user analytics
* See what content is assigned to each user

**When to use**: Daily user management, checking attendance, managing subscriptions

#### 2. 📝 Assign Tab

**What it does**: Give users tests and learning materials

**Key Features**:

* **All Tests**: Assign any available test
* **Structured Tests**: Assign organized, curriculum-based tests
* **Practice Tests**: Assign practice materials
* **Resources**: Assign learning materials and documents

**When to use**: When you want to give users new content to work on

#### 3. 📊 Insights Tab (Analytics)

**What it does**: See how well everything is performing

**Key Features**:

* **Test-Wise Analytics**: See how each test is performing
* **User Analytics**: Track individual user progress
* **Batch Analytics**: Monitor group performance

**When to use**: Weekly reviews, identifying struggling users, measuring success

#### 4. 👥 Batches Tab

**What it does**: Organize users into groups

**Key Features**:

* Create and manage user groups
* Assign users to batches
* View batch performance
* Schedule batch-specific activities

**When to use**: Organizing users by level, class, or any other grouping

#### 5. 🔔 Notifications Tab

**What it does**: Send in app notofications to users

**Key Features**:

* Send announcements
* Notify about assignments
* Remind about upcoming classes
* Send custom messages

**When to use**: Important announcements, reminders, updates

#### 6. 📹 Schedule Zoom Tab

**What it does**: Plan and manage live video sessions via Zoom

**Key Features**:

* Create Zoom meetings
* Schedule recurring sessions
* Invite specific users or batches
* Manage meeting settings
* View meeting history

**When to use**: Live classes, office hours, group discussions

#### 7. 📅 Scheduled Classes Tab

**What it does**: View and manage all your scheduled sessions

**Key Features**:

* See all upcoming classes
* Filter by time periods
* Search for specific sessions
* View class details
* Refresh meeting data

**When to use**: Daily planning, checking your schedule

#### 8. 📅 Calendar Tab

**What it does**: Visual calendar view of all activities

**Key Features**:

* Monthly calendar view
* See all scheduled activities
* Color-coded by type
* Easy navigation between months

**When to use**: Long-term planning, getting overview of schedule

***

### Common Workflows

#### Daily Operations Workflow

1. **Start**: Select your course
2. **Check Users**: See who's active and who needs attention
3. **Review Analytics**: Check yesterday's performance
4. **Send Notifications**: Update users on important info
5. **Schedule Classes**: Plan today's or tomorrow's sessions

#### Weekly Planning Workflow

1. **Select Course**: Choose the course you're planning for
2. **Check Batches**: Review user groups
3. **Assign Content**: Give new tests and resources
4. **Schedule Zoom**: Plan live sessions
5. **View Calendar**: See the full week's schedule

#### User Management Workflow

1. **Users Tab**: Add new users or check existing ones
2. **Batches Tab**: Organize users into groups
3. **Assign Tab**: Give them content to work on
4. **Notifications Tab**: Keep them informed
5. **Analytics Tab**: Track their progress

***

### Troubleshooting

#### "I can't see any tabs"

**Problem**: All tabs are grayed out **Solution**: You need to select a course first. Look for the "Selected Course" dropdown at the top.

#### "I can't find my course"

**Problem**: Your course doesn't appear in the dropdown **Solution**:

* Check if the course is properly deployed
* Make sure you have access to the course
* Contact your administrator

#### "The page looks different than expected"

**Problem**: You're seeing a welcome screen with a book emoji **Solution**: This is normal when no course is selected. Choose a course from the dropdown to access all features.

#### "I can't access certain tabs"

**Problem**: Some tabs are missing or disabled **Solution**:

* Check your user role (Teacher vs Admin)
* Some features may not be available for certain courses
* Contact your administrator for access

***

### Best Practices

#### ✅ Do This

* **Always select a course first** before trying to use any features
* **Check the selected course** before making changes to ensure you're working with the right one
* **Use the calendar view** for long-term planning
* **Regularly check analytics** to identify users who need help
* **Keep notifications clear and helpful** for users

#### ❌ Avoid This

* Don't try to use tabs without selecting a course
* Don't assign content without checking if it's appropriate for the course
* Don't schedule overlapping meetings
* Don't ignore the analytics - they help you improve

#### 💡 Pro Tips

* **Bookmark specific course URLs** for quick access
* **Use the search function** in each tab to find specific users or content
* **Set up recurring notifications** for important reminders
* **Use batch management** to organize users by skill level or progress

***

### Next Steps

Now that you understand the Operations, you can dive deeper into each specific feature:

1. [**Manage Your Users** - Complete user management](/operations/manage-your-users)
2. [**Assign Content** - Content distribution](/operations/assign-content-to-users)
3. [**Detailed Analytics** - Performance tracking](/operations/analytics-and-report)
4. [**Batch Management** - Organizing users](/operations/manage-your-batches)
5. [**Notifications** - Real time in app notifications](/operations/notification)
6. [**Zoom Scheduling** - Live sessions via Zoom](/operations/zoom-integration)
7. [**Calendar** - Visual planning](/operations/calender)

Each guide will walk you through the specific features and workflows for that particular feature.

***

*This documentation is designed to help users of all technical levels understand and effectively use the Operations. If you need additional help, don't hesitate to contact your system administrator.*


# Manage Your Users

The **Users Tab in Operations** is your complete user management center. Think of it as your "digital classroom roster" where you can see, manage, and control everything about the people in your platform.

**Important Understanding:** The user list shows ALL users who have signed up to your user portal, regardless of which course they're enrolled in. However, the data in each row (batches, plan, journeys, analytics, assets) changes based on the course you have selected. This means the same user can have different plans and access levels for different courses.

**Key Features:**

* 👀 **View all users** in your platform
* 🔍 **Search and filter** users by name, email, date, or plan
* ➕ **Add users** individually or via CSV import
* 🎯 **Grant paid plans** (Pro/Pro Max) to users
* 🛤️ **Assign learning journeys** to users with paid plans
* 📊 **View user analytics** and performance
* 📤 **Export user data** with custom fields
* 👥 **View user batches** and group assignments
* 📋 **See assigned content** for each user

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FiyGDpugC0btIqp4hGKeJ%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=b931448e-020a-4ebb-9708-a84aa553da86" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Understanding Course-Specific Data

#### How Course Selection Affects User Data

**The user list remains the same** - you see all users who have signed up to your platform. However, **the data in each row changes** based on which course you have selected.

**Example:**

* User "John Smith" appears in the list regardless of course selection
* When Course A is selected: John might have "Pro Plan" and "Advanced Journey"
* When Course B is selected: John might have "Free Plan" and no journeys assigned
* When Course C is selected: John might have "Pro Max Plan" and "Premium Journey"

#### Plan Management Rules

**Important Rules:**

* ✅ **One paid plan per course per user** - Each user needs a separate plan for each course
* ✅ **Plans cannot be changed** once assigned to a user for a course
* ✅ **Plans must be purchased** from billing before you can assign them
* ✅ **Quantity-based system** - If you buy 10 Pro plans, you can assign them 10 times total

**Example:**

* You buy 10 Pro plans from billing
* User A gets Pro plan for Course 1 (9 plans remaining)
* User A gets Pro plan for Course 2 (8 plans remaining)
* User B gets Pro plan for Course 1 (7 plans remaining)

***

### 🚀 Getting Started

#### Prerequisites

* ✅ You must have selected a course first
* ✅ You need appropriate permissions (Teacher or Admin role)
* ✅ The course must have users enrolled

***

### Understanding the Interface

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F06GLK5edVMokFOLuWwA6%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=26b462af-341a-4ea3-8cb4-cff0549cb672" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### Search and Filter Bar

Below the header, you'll find tools to find specific users:

&#x20;*Image placeholder: Close-up view of the search and filter bar showing the search input field, start/end date pickers, User Plan dropdown, and Add Users button. Should demonstrate the active state of these controls.*

* 🔍 **Search box**: Type names or emails to find users
* 📅 **Start Date**: Filter users who joined after a specific date
* 📅 **End Date**: Filter users who joined before a specific date
* 🏷️ **User Plan**: Filter by subscription plan (Free, Pro or Pro Max)
* ➕ **Add Users button**: Add new users to the course

#### User Data Table

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUt44E7ChhjCu6hwZhsgI%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=da2ff6ae-5fa6-463b-87b8-c1be88f88eb8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The main area shows all your users in an organized table with columns for:

* ☑️ **Select**: Checkbox to select users for bulk operations
* 👤 **User**: User's full name and email address
* 👥 **Assigned Batches**: Which batches the user belongs to
* 📅 **Signup Date**: When the user joined your course
* 🕐 **Last Login**: When they last accessed the platform
* 🏷️ **Plan**: Their current subscription level
* ⚙️ **Manage Access**: Grant or manage their plan access
* 🎯 **Assign Journey**: Give them learning paths
* 📊 **Analytics**: View their performance data
* 📋 **Assigned Assets**: See what content they have

***

### ➕ Adding Users

#### Single User Addition

**When to use:** When you want to manually add someone to your platform

**How to add single user:**

1. Click the **"Add Users"** button (green button with + icon)
2. Select **"Add Single User"** tab
3. Fill in the user details form
4. Click **"Add User"** to confirm

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FQ1LIkr4cXX5cqKFpzNN3%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f1ab481b-d035-4155-821f-f791a91050cc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Required information:**

* **First Name** (required)
* **Last Name** (required)
* **Email Address** (required)

**Optional information:**

* **External Reference ID** - For external system integration
* **Country Code** - Phone country code (e.g., +1, +44, +91)
* **Phone Number** - User's phone number
* **Parent Email** - Parent or guardian email address

**What happens after adding:**

* ✅ **Account created instantly**
* ✅ **Welcome email sent** with secure login link
* ✅ **User can access** their account immediately
* ✅ **Event tracking** for analytics

#### Multiple Users (CSV Import)

**When to use:** When you have a list of users to add at once

**How to import multiple users:**

1. Click **"Add Users"** button
2. Select **"Add Multiple Users"** tab
3. **Download CSV template** or **upload your CSV file**
4. **Paste CSV data** or **upload file**
5. Click **"Add Users"** to process

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FIo4DbPhmHS8ejh7MpTN3%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=bea7a455-7ec1-45b3-822c-1bc3dc83a269" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**CSV Format Requirements:**

* **Required headers:** email, firstname, lastname
* **Optional headers:** externalreferenceid, countrycode, phonenumber, parentemail
* **File format:** .csv only
* **Encoding:** UTF-8 recommended

**CSV Template Example:**

```csv
email,firstname,lastname,externalreferenceid,countrycode,phonenumber,parentemail
john.doe@example.com,John,Doe,12345,+1,5551234567,parent@example.com
jane.smith@example.com,Jane,Smith,67890,+44,2071234567,guardian@example.com
```

**Import Results:**

* ✅ **Success count** - Number of users successfully added
* ❌ **Failed count** - Number of users that failed (with reasons)
* 📧 **Welcome emails** sent to all successful additions
* 📊 **Event tracking** for analytics

***

### 🎯 Plan Management

#### Granting Plans

**What it does:** Grant paid plans (Pro/Pro Max) to users for the selected course

**Important Requirements:**

* ✅ **Must purchase plans first** from billing before assigning
* ✅ **One plan per course per user** - each course needs separate plan
* ✅ **Plans cannot be changed** once assigned
* ✅ **Only free users** can be granted plans (button shows "Grant")
* ✅ **Paid users** show "Granted" (button is disabled)

**How to grant access:**

1. **Purchase plans** from billing (Pro or Pro Max quantities)
2. Find a user with "Grant" button (free users only)
3. Click **"Grant"** button
4. Choose the plan you want to give them (Pro or Pro Max)
5. Click **"Confirm"** to apply

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FhIgl9LgN8wbIGeP62vGN%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7b68bd7a-2df1-440b-b90f-951b3aa70275" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F15EiNoIY1JKQQRHaM3sf%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7ea70276-2a21-4770-9064-da7ce5f33841" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Quantity Management:**

* Each granting uses one plan from your purchased quantity
* Same user in different courses = multiple plan assignments
* Check your remaining plan quantities in billing

#### Bulk Plan Granting

**When to use:** When you want to give the same plan to multiple users at once

**How to do it:**

1. Select multiple users using checkboxes
2. Click **"Grant Plan"** button that appears
3. Choose the plan you want to give all selected users
4. Click **"Confirm"** to apply to all selected users

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMrvnzzS5CdH9lVwnJw7q%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=db39aeef-a7fc-4b8b-8bbe-04f4b1a7a6eb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Selection Rules:**

* ✅ **Free users only** - can be selected for bulk operations
* ❌ **Paid users** - checkboxes are disabled (already have plans)
* 🔄 **Course-specific** - selection is based on current course
* 📊 **Visual feedback** - selected users are highlighted

***

### 🛤️ Learning Journeys

#### Journey Assignment Rules

**Free Journeys:**

* ✅ **Automatically granted** when users open the course
* ✅ **No paid plan required** - acts as a lead magnet
* ✅ **Created in Course > Journeys tab**
* ✅ **Gives users sample content** to try before buying

**Paid Journeys:**

* ❌ **Requires paid plan first** - user must have Pro or Pro Max plan
* ✅ **Manually assigned** by you
* ✅ **Bundled content** - includes tests, assignments, resources
* ✅ **Efficient content delivery** - no need to assign content one by one

#### Assigning Journeys

**What it does:** Give users bundled learning content (tests, assignments, resources)

**How to assign journeys:**

1. **Ensure user has paid plan** (Pro or Pro Max)
2. Find the user in the table
3. Click **"Assign"** button in "Assign Journey" column
4. Select the journey you want to give them
5. Click **"Assign"** to confirm

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRjyW0w35qBVAJYXmBZ3L%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=cc43dca4-b31a-4c4e-a0c4-edcb7ef5a276" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Journey types:**

* **Free Journey**: Automatically granted, acts as lead magnet
* **Paid Journey**: Requires paid plan, manually assigned, you create it for premium content you provide from **Course > Journeys Tab**

**Journey Benefits:**

* **Content bundling** - multiple items in one assignment
* **Structured learning** - organized progression path
* **Time saving** - assign everything at once instead of individually

***

### 📊 User Analytics and Reports

#### Individual User Analytics

**What it shows:** Detailed performance insights for a specific user in the selected course

**Key Feature - Course Mastery Score:**

* 🎯 **Mastery Score out of 100** - Shows how well the user is performing
* 📊 **Topic Wise Mastery Score** - Shows which topics they are weak in for the course
* 📈 **Easy to understand** - Greate UI using charts for easy understanding

**How to view:**

1. Find the user in the table
2. Click **"View"** button in "Analytics" column
3. You'll see their detailed performance page for the selected course

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fh4TNpQ1jEF3ONLJr8m6v%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=25b028cb-f269-4d27-ab35-50ec03641f9e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FoD6AwKojDgA16hiA2Caa%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=bd3fe981-7242-42bb-b2d1-9d1a0ffc490d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Analytics include:**

* **Course Mastery Score** (0-100) - Overall performance indicator
* **Test scores and progress** - Individual test performance
* **Time spent & Mastery Score for each Topic**
* **Performance trends** - Improvement over time

#### Exporting User Data

**What it does:** Download user information with customizable fields for reports or analysis

**Key Feature - Customizable Fields:**

* ✅ **Choose specific fields** you want to export
* ✅ **Multiple export formats** (CSV, Excel, PDF)
* ✅ **Course-specific data** - only exports data for selected course
* ✅ **Flexible reporting** - select only what you need

**How to export:**

1. Find the user you want to export
2. Click **"Export"** button in "Analytics" column
3. **Select fields** you want to include in the export
4. Choose export format (CSV, Excel, PDF)
5. Click **"Download"** to save the file

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FwyabjfRJkbwluvNOHcpM%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=e44bdcd9-1290-4fae-81a9-b3bbbc422b45" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Available export fields:**

* **Personal Information**: Name, email, phone, signup date
* **Course Data**: Plan type, journey assignments, batch memberships
* **Performance Data**: Test scores, completion rates, mastery score
* **Activity Data**: Last login, time spent, progress tracking
* **Assignment Data**: Assigned tests, resources, content completion

**Export formats:**

* **Excel (.xlsx)**: Best for detailed analysis and formatting
* **CSV (.csv)**: Best for data import into other systems
* **PDF (.pdf)**: Best for reports and presentations

***

### 📋 Assigned Assets

**What it shows:** All content assigned to a specific user for the selected course

**Key Feature - Complete Content Overview:**

* 📋 **All assigned content** in one place
* 🎯 **Course-specific** - only shows content for selected course
* 📊 **Content types** - tests, resources, spaces, and more
* 📅 **Assignment history** - when content was assigned
* ⏰ **Test extension** - extend test deadlines
* 🔍 **Advanced filtering** - search and filter content

**How to view:**

1. Find the user in the table
2. Click **"View Assets"** button in the "Assigned Assets" column
3. See all their assigned content for the selected course

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FSRyaXfETmjZlD7OrCWHT%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7c21237f-4a33-4c05-bce4-e62e41d0a477" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Content Types Available:**

* **Structured Tests**: Organized curriculum-based tests
* **Practice Tests**: Exercise and practice materials
* **Resources**: Learning materials and documents
* **Spaces**: Virtual learning environments
* **Journeys**: Assigned learning paths and bundles

**Test Extension Feature:**

* ⏰ **Extend deadlines** for individual tests
* 📅 **Set new dates and times** for test completion
* 🔔 **Automatic notifications** sent to users
* 📊 **Track extension history** for accountability

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FBh7QG5lCPUio1iZczCnu%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=bae0e5c1-51ff-4db5-b2c0-c8c43cb1cd54" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Understanding Batches

#### What are Batches?

**Batches** are a powerful way to organize users into groups. Think of them as "bundles of users" that you can manage together.

**Benefits of Batches:**

* 🎯 **Bulk content assignment** - assign content to entire groups at once
* 📊 **Group analytics** - track performance of user groups
* 🏫 **Class organization** - group users by academic year, skill level, etc.
* ⚡ **Efficient management** - manage multiple users simultaneously

#### How Batches Work

1. **Create batches** in the Batches tab
2. **Assign users** to appropriate batches
3. **Assign content** to entire batches (instead of individual users)
4. **Track performance** of batch groups
5. **Manage efficiently** - one action affects all batch members

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FR6vpmtsRd5yJYT12A8lg%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=f34cf47c-01c7-4cfd-bb28-03e6924d0232" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### 👥 User Roles and Permissions

#### Teacher Role

**What Teachers can do:**

* ✅ **View all users** in the course
* ✅ **Search and filter** users
* ✅ **View user analytics** and performance
* ✅ **View assigned assets** for users
* ✅ **View user batches** and group assignments
* ✅ **Add new users** to the platform

**What Teachers cannot do:**

* ❌ **Grant paid plans** to users
* ❌ **Assign learning journeys** to users
* ❌ **Export user data** (restricted)
* ❌ **Bulk operations** on multiple users

#### Admin/Manager Role

**What Admins can do:**

* ✅ **All Teacher permissions** plus:
* ✅ **Grant paid plans** (Pro/Pro Max) to users
* ✅ **Assign learning journeys** to users
* ✅ **Export user data** with full access
* ✅ **Bulk operations** on multiple users
* ✅ **Manage user access** and permissions
* ✅ **View organization plan** quantities

***

### 🔧 Common Issues and Solutions

#### "I can't see any users"

**Problem:** The table is empty or shows "No users found" **Solutions:**

* Check if you've selected the correct course
* Verify that users have been added to this course
* Try removing search filters
* Contact your administrator if the course should have users

#### "I can't grant plans to users"

**Problem:** "Grant" buttons are disabled or missing **Solutions:**

* **Only free users** can be granted plans (paid users show "Granted")
* **Purchase plans first** from billing before assigning
* **Check your plan quantities** - you might be out of plans
* **Verify course selection** - plans are course-specific
* Contact your administrator for permission issues

#### "I can't assign journeys to users"

**Problem:** Journey assignment is not working **Solutions:**

* **User must have paid plan** (Pro or Pro Max) first
* **Free journeys** are automatically granted when users open the course
* **Check user's plan status** before trying to assign journeys
* **Verify journey availability** in your course

#### "CSV import is failing"

**Problem:** CSV file upload or import isn't working **Solutions:**

* **Check file format** - must be .csv file
* **Verify headers** - must include email, firstname, lastname
* **Check file encoding** - use UTF-8 encoding
* **Validate data** - ensure no empty required fields
* **Check file size** - large files may take time to process

#### "Export isn't working"

**Problem:** Export button doesn't work or file doesn't download **Solutions:**

* Check your internet connection
* Make sure pop-ups aren't blocked
* Try refreshing the page and exporting again
* Contact support if the problem persists

***

### 💡 Best Practices

#### ✅ Do This

**Daily Management:**

* **Check user activity** regularly to identify inactive users
* **Monitor new signups** to ensure they get proper access
* **Use search and filters** to find specific users quickly
* **Keep user data updated** by checking for changes

**User Support:**

* **Check user plans** before helping with access issues
* **View user analytics** to understand their progress
* **Look at assigned assets** to see what content they have
* **Use bulk operations** for efficiency when managing multiple users

**Data Management:**

* **Export user data regularly** for backup and analysis
* **Use date filters** to focus on specific time periods
* **Keep track of plan grants** to avoid duplicate assignments
* **Document any special user arrangements**

#### ❌ Avoid This

**Common Mistakes:**

* Don't grant plans to users who already have them
* Don't forget to check user permissions before making changes
* Don't ignore inactive users for too long
* Don't export sensitive data without proper authorization

#### 💡 Pro Tips

**Efficiency Tips:**

* **Use bulk operations** for multiple users
* **Download CSV template** for consistent imports
* **Bookmark specific searches** for quick access
* **Use date filters** to focus on specific periods

**User Experience:**

* **Send notifications** when granting new access
* **Provide clear instructions** when assigning journeys
* **Follow up with users** after making changes
* **Keep user communication friendly and helpful**

***

### Next Steps

Now that you understand the Users tab, you can explore other Operations features:

1. [**Notifications** - Communicate with users](/operations/notification)
2. [**Zoom Scheduling** - Plan live sessions](/operations/zoom-integration)

Each guide will help you master different aspects of course management.

***

*This documentation is designed to help users of all technical levels understand and effectively use the Users tab. If you need additional help, don't hesitate to contact your system administrator.*


# Manage your Users

## **Users Page Overview**

The **Users page** under the **Operations** section serves as the **central database for managing all learners** on your platform. It gives you **complete visibility and control** over every user who has signed up for your program or course.

Whether you're running a coaching institute, managing multiple classes, or overseeing an online learning platform, this page is where you monitor user activity, assign learning content, upgrade user access, and track individual progress — all from one dashboard.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNiJneJ6yj5NJCtrDkSUT%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.29.53%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8797d6ed-53f8-4124-b417-e675708d35ce" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **What is the Users Page For?**

Think of this page as your **admin control center for users**. It allows you to:

* View a complete list of all enrolled users
* Track user activity (sign-up, logins, plan status, usage)
* Assign or change learning journeys
* Upgrade or grant access to paid plans
* Dive into user-specific performance analytics
* Export reports or import new users in bulk

This page removes the need for spreadsheets, manual trackers, or switching between tools. Everything you need to manage learners is integrated into one place.

***

### **Key Capabilities of the Users Page**

#### 1. **Access a Complete User Database**

Every person who has ever enrolled, joined a course, or been added via CSV import will appear here.

You can:

* Filter by course
* Sort by sign-up date or plan
* Search by name or email
* See real-time user login status

This gives you instant visibility into who your learners are and how they’re engaging with your program.

***

#### 2. **Understand Each User’s Status**

Next to each user, you’ll find:

* **Plan type**: Free, Pro, or Pro Max
* **Access permissions**: Whether access has been granted or needs to be upgraded
* **Last login**: Know who is active, inactive, or needs a reminder
* **Learning journey**: See what course content or test prep path they’re currently assigned to

This gives you an at-a-glance view of how your learners are progressing and what support they may need.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fe2snolv4XriiqSf4HQBP%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.30.02%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=e91c30b3-4a8e-4ced-86d8-6985996a5545" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. **Grant or Upgrade Plan Access**

Not every user starts on a paid plan. From here, you can manually:

* Grant access to **Pro** or **Pro Max** plans
* Upgrade users who need more advanced content
* See who already has access vs. who is pending approval

This helps you quickly control access without going into billing systems or making changes elsewhere.

***

#### 4. **Assign Learning Journeys**

Each user can be assigned a **Journey**, which is a structured path of lessons, practice tests, and resources.

For example, you might assign:

* “DSAT Medium” to students early in the year
* “DSAT Hard” for final prep
* “Practice Only” journeys for revisions

You can assign, update, or track what journey each user is currently following — all from this page.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FdPkgBgd0i2NWnsxJlg5B%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.30.11%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=d61abc03-bd80-4fab-a81e-7d28f397e1db" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 5. **Track Analytics for Each User**

Each user row includes a **View** link under Analytics. Clicking this opens a detailed dashboard showing:

* Their test performance
* Time spent on modules
* Mastery levels across topics
* Activity history over time

This insight helps you personalize support, run interventions, or communicate progress with students and parents.

***

#### 6. **Import and Export Users in Bulk**

Managing users one-by-one isn’t practical at scale — and the platform solves that:

* **Import Users**: You can bulk-upload user details using a downloadable CSV template. This is ideal when onboarding a full classroom or batch.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FpI5quhzI5LgF5FKO3OUj%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.30.28%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=1ac9d534-46c2-49cc-9d89-aa1c6a1fee60" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* **Export Data**: You can export selected user data for reporting, tracking, or integration with other systems. Choose which fields to include — name, email, plan, avatar access, journey, signup date, etc.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FI65JEKOGpZYpBO98DDNy%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.30.20%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=447aa3bc-14f1-4135-920e-f0a4ea3344ac" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This helps with both setup and reporting across institutions or classes.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Manage Your Batches

## **Batches Page Overview**

The **Batches page** is your central hub for organizing, managing, and monitoring groups of learners. Whether you run large courses, timed programs, or need to coordinate multiple student groups with different instructors — **Batches help you structure everything clearly.**

If the **Users page** gives you control over individuals, the **Batches page** gives you control over groups.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FXJpW6diqAEj5UvReBfry%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.47.53%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9fefd057-12fa-4dd9-a58b-f35442528e21" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **What is a Batch?**

A **batch** is a group of users (students or learners) who are learning together, typically under the guidance of assigned teachers and within a defined time frame.

For example, you might have:

* A **March 2023 SAT Batch** for students starting prep in that month
* A **Summer Revision Batch** for those retaking exams
* A **Pro Max Plan Batch** where only premium users are grouped for advanced resources

***

### **Why Use Batches?**

Using batches helps you:

* Group users by course sessions, academic terms, or subscription plans
* Assign journeys and content in bulk
* Monitor group progress collectively
* Assign multiple teachers to one group
* Keep your operations clean, organized, and scalable

Instead of managing learners one-by-one, you work at the group level — saving time and improving oversight.

***

### **Main Features of the Batches Page**

#### 1. **View and Navigate All Batches**

At the top of the page, you can view and filter batches using tabs:

* **All Batches**: See every batch ever created
* **Active Batches**: Currently running groups
* **Upcoming Batches**: Groups with a future start date
* **Completed Batches**: Past groups with an end date
* **Archived Batches**: Batches that are no longer active but kept for records

Each row in the batch table gives you a quick summary, including:

* **Batch Name**
* **Date Created**
* **Status** (Active, Completed, etc.)
* **Assigned Teachers**
* **Number of Users**
* **Assigned Journeys**
* **Edit and Archive options**

You can click on **View** under the Users column to see who is in each batch.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FjiDOU87NSG8fzIbXUNaY%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.55.11%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=202b95c2-930b-4629-816e-4370a2127578" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 2. **Assign Teachers and Staff**

Each batch can have one or more instructors, coordinators, or admins assigned to manage it. This helps in:

* Coordinating communication
* Organizing teaching schedules
* Managing specific groups more efficiently

Assigned teachers appear clearly in the batch view so you always know who’s responsible for what.

***

#### 3. **Assign Journeys to the Entire Batch**

Instead of assigning learning content one student at a time, you can assign a **learning journey** (like “DSAT Medium” or “DSAT Practice”) to an **entire batch** at once.

This ensures:

* Every student in the batch follows the same curriculum path
* Resources, practice tests, and schedules are aligned
* Teaching can be standardized for that group

You can also assign multiple journeys to the same batch depending on their needs.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FAOIhBxojqbrpddXUSNcd%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.55.24%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0edffc32-6624-4205-9fc2-19183d23b8a3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. **Edit Batch Details Anytime**

Clicking **Edit** on any batch allows you to modify:

* **Batch name**
* **Course associated** (e.g., Digital SAT)
* **Assigned teachers or staff**
* **Batch start and end date**
* **Filter criteria to select users** (e.g., by sign-up date or plan type)
* **Manually add or remove specific users**

This gives you full flexibility to refine your batches as your program evolves.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FbwWbfyOsApyVWQxL8SEI%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%206.51.17%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=445576af-1982-4269-9766-76fc6c88866e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 5. **Archive Batches for Clean-up**

When a batch is no longer needed — for example, a course has ended or the students have graduated — you can **archive** it.

Archived batches:

* Are no longer editable
* Are kept in the system for records
* Do not appear in the active operations workflow

This helps maintain a clean and current view of active learners without losing historical data.

***

### Summary

The **Batches page** is designed to help you **scale and structure** your learning programs efficiently. It enables you to:

* Create and manage learner groups
* Assign multiple staff to each group
* Attach customized learning journeys
* Track batch performance
* Edit, archive, or reuse groups easily

Whether you’re handling 30 students or 3000, this page helps bring **clarity, structure, and control** to your day-to-day academic operations.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Analytics & Report

### **What Is Analytics in VEGA AI?**

The **Analytics section** in the Operations module of VEGA AI is designed to give you a complete, data-driven picture of how your users are learning, performing, and progressing through their learning journeys.

The **Analytics section** in VEGA AI is like a report card for your users — but much more powerful.

It is more than just a reporting dashboard—it’s a diagnostic, evaluative, and strategic tool that empowers you to:

* Monitor learner engagement
* Identify knowledge gaps
* Assess content effectiveness
* Personalize instruction
* Drive better learning outcomes

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1aRa5Vyo2b0e8hGZ3VXb%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.22.05%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b9c6b179-a797-4d7f-8c49-2bb68f44d217" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### **Why Is Analytics Important?**

Whether you’re running a test-prep academy, managing a course, or leading a learning product, real-time performance analytics help you:

* **Spot struggling learners early**
* **Understand topic-level mastery**
* **Improve curriculum planning**
* **Optimize batch-level instruction**
* **Evaluate the effectiveness of AI tools or test content**

By offering a 360-degree view into learner behavior, performance, and progress, analytics becomes the **bridge between data and decisions**.

Think of it like this:

Imagine you're running a classroom with 100 students. You can’t sit next to each one all day. But what if you had a tool that tells you:

* “Hey, 8 students are really struggling in math.”
* “This batch is wasting time on easy questions.”
* “Your best-performing users finished all tests in half the time.”

That’s what this Analytics page does. It watches how your learners interact with your platform, and then shows you helpful insights.

This helps you:

* Focus your energy where it's most needed
* Guide users based on real data (not just guesses)
* Improve your courses and content over time

***

### **Types of Analytics Available**

At the top of the page, you can switch between different **analysis views**, each focusing on a specific level of granularity.

#### 1. **Overall Analytics**

* Gives a high-level snapshot across all learners
* Helps in organizational benchmarking
* Useful for leadership and macro-level reports

#### 2. **Batch Analytics**

* Focuses on the performance of a selected batch
* Allows for comparative analysis between different groups
* Perfect for cohort-specific improvement planning

#### 3. **Scheduled Test Analytics**

* Summarizes the results of scheduled mock tests or assessments
* Helps measure readiness and post-test mastery
* Ideal for analyzing standardized testing simulations

#### 4. **User-Wise Analytics**

* Deep-dive into individual learner data
* Includes time spent, mastery level, accuracy, strengths/weaknesses
* Great for 1:1 coaching, tutoring, and personalized feedback

Each mode offers a **different lens** into the data and can be filtered by **course**, **date range**, **batch**, and even **test type** depending on what view you are using.

### **Types of Insights You Can Expect**

VEGA AI’s Analytics page provides a combination of **macro-level** (overall trends) and **micro-level** (user-specific) performance data. These include:

#### 1. **Zone-Based Performance Summary**

Users are segmented into:

* **Red Zone**: High-risk learners who need immediate help - Needs help urgently
* **Yellow Zone**: Learners showing partial understanding but at risk - Doing okay, but not fully confident
* **Green Zone**: Learners who are confidently mastering the material - Doing well

**Why it matters:**

* This tells you **where to focus your time**. If many users are in the red zone, you may need to pause and offer support. If most are in green, you’re on the right track.
* This makes it easy to know **who to help first**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1aRa5Vyo2b0e8hGZ3VXb%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.22.05%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b9c6b179-a797-4d7f-8c49-2bb68f44d217" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 2. **Mastery Score Tracking**

Each user is assigned a **mastery score**, computed based on their performance across quizzes, practice, tests, and AI-interactions. This score is a key metric used throughout the analytics modules to gauge overall learning success.

For example:

* 90 = doing great
* 60 = needs more practice
* 40 = struggling a lot&#x20;

**Why it matters:**

* This lets you **drill down from the big picture to individuals** quickly. If you notice someone with a very low score, you can click “View” and see exactly what they’re struggling with.
* You can use this to track progress over time, like a fitness tracker for learning.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FZpnsslMNzfCd2Gqzc01u%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.22.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=dad8ed18-bdf9-4301-986e-4746268d8a7a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 3. **Time Management Analysis**

Track how long users are taking on each section or type of question. This is critical for exam-prep workflows where time efficiency is as important as accuracy.

Let’s say:

* Users spend 2 minutes on Math questions (which is too long)
* They rush through Reading questions in 30 seconds (which may lead to mistakes)

**Why it matters:**

* In timed tests like SAT, time is just as important as correctness. If users are too slow, you’ll know where they’re stuck or overthinking. If they’re too fast, they may be rushing.
* This tells you if students are using their time wisely — especially useful for exam prep.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FuVXG7qcd48qtY9CYdZTZ%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.22.21%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0c82b4be-c6a4-43b3-80c2-f66a98254cf0" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 4. **Error Pattern Recognition**

Analytics flags which topics or question types are leading to the highest error rates, so you can:

* Identify flawed teaching content
* Focus remedial sessions on high-error areas
* Offer corrective strategies via AI agents or tutors

For example:

* 50% got questions on grammar wrong
* Most math errors are in percentages

**Why it matters:**

* This shows you **which topics to revise or reteach**. Instead of guessing what learners didn’t understand, you have proof.
* This helps you plan **review sessions** that really matter — not just repeating what they already know.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FGc2d8bWkPgSXGGaHGSiL%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.22.14%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=3ae5dd89-422b-4890-a051-c61845a9efab" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 5. **Strengths and Weaknesses Table**

This is like a leaderboard that shows each user’s:

* **Mastery Score**
* **Time trained**
* **Number of questions solved**
* A link to detailed analytics

**Why it matters:**

* This helps you **compare learners** side-by-side. You can see who is practicing the most, who’s improving, and who needs more support.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FJTXMUia4cp4BSJrEOeTX%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.35.48%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=24b01824-a976-4435-9ed2-18e7ccc3abdb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Summary of How You Can Use This View:

| What You Want to Know           | Where to Look                     | What Action You Can Take        |
| ------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |
| Who needs urgent help?          | Red Zone / Low Mastery Scores     | Offer support or intervention   |
| Which topic is hardest?         | Error Frequency or Mastery Levels | Revise or provide more material |
| Are students using time wisely? | Time Management                   | Teach time-saving techniques    |
| Who is performing best?         | Strengths Table                   | Acknowledge or reward           |
| Who needs more practice?        | Count of attempts or Time trained | Motivate or follow up           |

***

### **How This Helps You and Your Students**

#### For Instructors and Admins:

* **Adaptive Teaching**: Modify batch sessions based on collective performance
* **Proactive Intervention**: Identify learners at risk before they fall behind
* **Outcome Reporting**: Generate insights for internal teams or external stakeholders

#### For Learners:

* **Timely Feedback**: Get actionable insights on what to work on
* **Self-Awareness**: See how they rank against peers
* **Guided Improvement**: Receive focused help instead of generic practice

***

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Batches Analytics

## **Understanding Batch Analytics**

### What is Batch Analytics?

**Batch Analytics** helps you take a deep look at how one specific batch (or group of users) is performing. A **batch** is a group of learners — like a classroom, coaching group, or training cohort — that you’ve created earlier in the Operations > Batches section.

In this view, you can pick a batch from a dropdown menu and see:

* How that group is performing overall
* What they are good at
* Where they are struggling
* How much time they are spending
* What topics need attention

This helps you understand how your batch is learning as a group so you can take better actions — like revising topics, changing teaching pace, or helping specific users.

***

### Why use Batch Analytics?

Imagine you're a teacher with 30 students in one class. Some are doing great, some are struggling, and some are somewhere in the middle. Batch Analytics is like a **health report for your entire class**.

It helps you answer questions like:

* Is this batch ready for the next test?
* What topic do they find most difficult?
* Are they using their study time well?
* Who in the batch needs more help?

This makes it easier to **teach smarter, not harder**.

***

### What You’ll See in Batch Analytics

Once you select a batch from the dropdown, the page will show detailed data for that batch only.

#### 1. **Performance Zones (Red, Yellow, Green)**

Just like in overall analytics, learners in the batch are grouped into:

* **Red Zone** – Low mastery; needs help urgently
* **Yellow Zone** – Medium mastery; some understanding but still improving
* **Green Zone** – High mastery; doing very well

You’ll see how many users fall into each zone.\
This tells you how the batch is doing as a whole and which learners to focus on.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FBiVALrGERVccEDVwj3o1%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.52.54%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=f1c186d7-9f6f-4d5e-a1fd-d6f5f280963a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 2. **Average Mastery Score**

This shows the **average learning score** for all users in the batch. It gives you a quick snapshot of how confident and prepared the batch is overall.

For example:

* A score above 80 means your batch is strong
* Around 60–70 means they’re doing okay
* Below 60 means they need more support

This helps you decide if you should move forward, revise, or slow down the pace.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1FZGuCy0G8S9KP7TTS4W%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.53.17%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=8bc87275-402f-4710-a457-2f1ca858c94e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. **Common Errors**

This shows what types of mistakes the batch is making most often. For example:

* Grammar errors in subject-verb agreement
* Math mistakes in word problems
* Confusion in reading logic questions

If many learners are making the same mistake, it’s likely a **teaching gap**, not just a student mistake. This tells you **what needs to be explained again**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FgOJlUic3JoEWoMZln24f%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.53.02%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0e3ec077-634a-4c80-a99d-2791f81744b4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. **Time Management**

This graph shows how much time the batch is spending on different question types or sections.

You can see:

* If users are spending too much time on easy questions
* If they are rushing through difficult ones
* If they’re balancing time well in full tests

Why it matters:

* Helps you **train them to manage time better**, especially for exams like the SAT or GRE

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fdr6RuZOZLEOBPY2BlIiI%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.53.09%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=12eb9294-1336-421c-ab5f-6d745a658e38" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 5. **User-Level Table (Within the Batch)**

You’ll also get a list of all users in the batch with details like:

* Their Mastery Score
* Number of questions attempted
* Time trained
* Learning Journey assigned
* A link to see their personal analytics

This helps you **zoom in on individuals** who are falling behind or leading the way.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F6CJpSmAbimaT1hDszjCP%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%207.53.25%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2f844421-09e3-46ce-8c96-57e62c4618d8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### How You Can Use Batch Analytics

| What You Want to Know            | What to Look At                     | What You Can Do                                 |
| -------------------------------- | ----------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------------- |
| Is the batch doing well overall? | Mastery Score and Zone Distribution | Adjust teaching speed or batch schedule         |
| What topics are weak?            | Topic Mastery bars                  | Revise or assign extra practice in those topics |
| What errors are common?          | Error pattern section               | Re-teach those areas to the whole batch         |
| Is time being used wisely?       | Time Management graph               | Coach learners on pacing and test strategy      |
| Who needs 1-on-1 help?           | User list with low scores           | Schedule personal sessions or extra tasks       |

***

**Batch Analytics is your teaching assistant.**\
It gives you clear insights about how your group is doing, so you don’t have to guess. It helps you make smart decisions that can really improve learning outcomes — for everyone in the batch.

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# User Analytics

Think of **User Analytics** as your private tutor’s notebook for every student. It helps you understand how one specific learner is performing — what they’ve mastered, where they’re struggling, how they manage their time, and even what kind of errors they keep making.

If Batch Analytics is about the **group**, User Analytics is about the **individual story**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F85WTgOJ3LkCB9h0bBSyZ%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%203.53.03%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=bc9bfb2e-13fc-4dae-ac36-a31dc27e2670" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why Use It?

Let’s say your student, Dhiren, took a few diagnostic and full-length tests, and now you want to know:

* Is he improving?
* What are his weakest areas?
* Is he solving too slowly or too fast?
* Is he ready for the real SAT?

Instead of guessing, User Analytics gives you a **complete learning health check**.

***

### Where to Find It?

* Go to **Operations > Users**
* Click on the **“View”** button next to the student’s name

You’ll land on the User Analytics dashboard, like this:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMTC9TygEDE93anxXxsqx%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%203.54.26%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=5a52385f-aaea-4a52-9bdd-7dcf61186363" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### What You’ll See (Overview)

The User Analytics page is split into different tabs for different types of test activity:

* **Diagnostic** – Quick assessments to understand initial level
* **Play** – Practice sessions and mini-modules
* **Full Length** – Full mock exams like SAT, GRE, etc.

***

#### Score Analysis

At the very top, you’ll see a bar or line graph showing the **predicted SAT scores** across different sections (Reading/Writing, Math, and Overall).

For example, Dhiren’s Diagnostic Test 1 result looks like this:

| Section           | Score |
| ----------------- | ----- |
| Reading & Writing | 640   |
| Math              | 260   |
| Overall           | 900   |

This gives you a **quick sense of test readiness**.

> 💡 *If Math is lagging behind but Reading is strong, you know where to focus your tutoring time.*

***

#### Mastery Score Breakdown (Per Topic)

Below the score graph is a topic-by-topic breakdown of how the student did in different subjects.

Here’s an example from the Reading section:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FtOK9rDSFVBr8ybsaQrNC%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%203.55.26%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=dc35d639-ca1c-4909-a723-6a27f02d8752" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Each topic has a:

* **% Correct**
* **Mastery Level Label** (Novice, Intermediate, Advanced, Expert)

This helps you know:

* Which specific topic (like “Words in Context” or “Central Idea”) the student needs help with.
* What’s working well and can be reinforced.

***

#### Strengths and Weaknesses

This section is **AI-generated** based on recent tests. It shows:

* **Top 3 Areas of Strength** — what the student is doing really well in
* **Top 3 Areas of Weakness** — what they struggle with most

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FcaHNMddB1CYxZfQa9eb7%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%203.56.33%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=205078ee-e45c-4c5a-ac2b-95c772b29ad3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

> 📌 *This list updates automatically as the student progresses.*

For example:

* Dhiren is strong in “Linear Functions” and “Data Analysis”
* He’s weak in “Linear Equations” and “Trigonometry”

***

#### Test Results Summary

Every test the student has taken is listed at the bottom with:

* Test Name
* Date
* Projected SAT Score
* Review Link

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FAOXrFdDhtdEDekiXIUek%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%203.57.26%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=81765074-b92c-4e2e-889f-7a50971aabad" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Clicking **“Review Test”** lets you deep dive into every question, correct answer, and solution (we’ll cover that in next part).

### Time Management, Accuracy, and Deep Mastery Insights

Once you've seen the student's overall score and strengths/weaknesses, the next step is understanding **how** they got those results. This is where VEGA AI’s User Analytics goes deeper — analyzing **time spent**, **accuracy**, and **topic-level mastery** across different tests and question types.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNtuQ7fgWBjkz5TKdmnCa%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.00.19%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=15ccf205-f627-4bb4-b914-00a23f8c2413" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Time Management

> *“Are they solving too slowly? Are they rushing through tricky questions?”*

The **Time Management** section shows how much time the student spends per topic — and compares it with their peers. This helps you spot pacing issues.

Example:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FCr9k276T1SUkNRYvJ2fm%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.00.55%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=273600dd-c81c-4245-9a7d-5b3c46694f84" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Here’s what you’ll see:

* A bar graph comparing **Your Average Time** (blue) vs **Peers' Average Time** (grey)
* A summary sentence like:\
  *“You took 53 secs on average to solve a Reading question.”*
* AI-generated **Top 3 Time Management Weaknesses**, e.g.
  * Inferences
  * Text Structure
  * Cross Text Connections

> 💡 *If the student spends too long on easy topics or rushes through hard ones, this section will tell you.*

***

#### Deeper Topic Mastery Score (LQ Mastery)

This is the **heart** of User Analytics. It tells you how well the student understands each topic — across different test attempts.

Example:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FFinuZUeea0ZSiEFtpy7E%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.01.43%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=7e226eec-c578-4400-a2e4-d7d89a6525e1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Each topic is tagged with a **mastery label**:

| Label        | Meaning                      |
| ------------ | ---------------------------- |
| Novice       | Just getting started         |
| Intermediate | Basic understanding          |
| Advanced     | Confident in the topic       |
| Expert       | Very strong mastery          |
| Master       | Consistently perfect answers |

You’ll also get **AI-generated weaknesses** based on this score.

> &#x20;Use this to assign revision material, easier practice sets, or 1-on-1 help sessions.

***

#### Accuracy Analysis

While mastery shows *understanding*, **accuracy** shows *performance*.

Example:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FOw9eyEd3stJHlg4oonPT%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.03.01%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=5aface75-d655-4996-a9a8-986e72648439" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* You’ll see the student’s **accuracy % per topic**
* A visual bar graph helps you compare across subjects
* AI suggests the **Top 3 Accuracy Weaknesses**

This tells you:

* Are they making consistent mistakes in certain areas?
* Are they overconfident in topics they haven’t mastered?

> 🔍 *If a topic shows “Advanced” in mastery but has poor accuracy, it might be a guessing issue.*

***

#### ✅ Result Table with Win/Loss

At the end of the analytics tab, you’ll see a **detailed breakdown of test questions** and how the student performed.

Example:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FhBKv0kioKd7kquUQdKMg%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.04.42%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=98f6c8ce-3b05-45be-bacf-34e5c8514818" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

| Topic            | Date   | Mastery | Win/Loss |
| ---------------- | ------ | ------- | -------- |
| Words in Context | Aug 18 | Expert  | ✅ WON    |
| Text Structure   | Aug 18 | Novice  | ❌ LOST   |

> Use this table to zoom in and see what’s working and what needs fixing.

### Reviewing Questions, Understanding Mistakes & Taking Action

Once you've seen the scores, pacing, and accuracy of a student, the final step is **reviewing their actual answers**. This is where learning becomes personal — because now you’re looking at what they clicked, what they misunderstood, and how you can help them improve.

Let’s walk through how to do this.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FhCPV0YLL2KKCjdLlEfQ5%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.07.33%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=4cf2f569-57b6-4cfb-b659-19cb30b7ae3d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Reviewing Test Questions

To review a student’s test attempt:

1. Scroll to the **Test Results** section
2. Click **“Review Test”** next to the test you want to open

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F9dknVNCI5kSqimRT08Mi%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.08.10%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=4e9d0673-79c0-42c9-b645-5a152afb6c87" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

You’ll land on a screen like this:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FHB4RnI2WQHc0K8krVHBj%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.08.55%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=5f553a6f-f9a7-422b-ae0d-09ab0f33d4ff" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Each test is broken into modules (like Reading Module 1, Math Module 2), with:

* Difficulty level (Mixed / Hard)
* Number of correct answers
* Total questions

Click **“Review Module”** to go deeper.

***

#### Question-by-Question Breakdown

When you review an individual question, you’ll see:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRomDjt6woSTUDX2dAdPW%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.10.22%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=3777ba0a-775d-4273-b33c-aec00382a524" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

* The **full question text**
* The **correct answer** (in green)
* The **student’s selected answer** (in red if incorrect)
* A clear, readable **solution explanation**
* Time taken to solve that question

This allows you to:

* Understand where the student’s logic went wrong
* Identify if it’s a reading mistake, concept confusion, or poor elimination
* Train them on how to approach similar questions next time

> *This is the most actionable part — because it shows their thought process.*

***

#### Full-Length Test Analytics Report

When students complete a full-length test, VEGA AI generates a **complete summary report**.

Example:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDhPjTmS5bkUESt9NtM5q%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.12.03%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=95bd859a-e958-48f0-bb8f-aa16c7a0662d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

What you’ll see:

* Overall predicted SAT score + breakdown by section
* Mastery level by topic
* Accuracy graph
* Time management analysis
* Cross-topic scores and sub-scores
* ACT conversion (for US colleges)

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FPRkjfMnMhpH5cWpzSR7d%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.12.52%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=6e7bc180-0e3a-427f-aa67-ec26148c8b14" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

At the bottom is a **visual grid** of question performance — blue for correct, red for wrong — giving you a bird’s-eye view of strengths and mistakes.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUdKJAil04Fp4sul5TRS9%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%204.13.23%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c6430ac3-c6ff-4892-b153-03aa01c5b21b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### Turning Insights Into Action

Now that you know what the student got wrong and why, here’s how you can use that data:

| What You See                          | What It Means                 | What You Can Do                              |
| ------------------------------------- | ----------------------------- | -------------------------------------------- |
| High mastery but low accuracy         | Careless mistakes or guessing | Teach double-checking strategies             |
| Low time on tough questions           | Rushing or skipping           | Train on time balance & test pacing          |
| Weakness in one topic (e.g. Geometry) | Conceptual gaps               | Assign easier questions / revision resources |
| Strong topic (e.g. Words in Context)  | Confidence area               | Challenge with harder questions              |
| Same error repeated                   | Misconception                 | Re-teach concept using analogies/examples    |

***

### Summary: Why This Matters

User Analytics is like your **co-pilot tutor**. It doesn’t just show marks — it helps you understand **why** a student is struggling and **how** to fix it.

Whether you're:

* Running a coaching class
* Helping students prepare for SAT/GRE
* Offering 1-on-1 support

…it helps you personalize your teaching and boost results.

***

For further help, reach out to our support team at 📧 **<support@myvega.ai>** — we’re available 24/7.


# Scheduled Test Analytics

### What is Scheduled Test Analytics?

Scheduled Test Analytics helps you understand **how students performed in a specific test** — such as a mock test or sectional test — that was scheduled ahead of time for a group (like a batch or selected students).

Think of it like looking at the **results and analysis** for one exam. You can see how many students performed well, which questions they struggled with, and what areas need improvement.

***

### How to Use It

You start by selecting the test you want to analyze from the dropdown. Once selected, you will see all the important details related to that specific test:

* **Test Name**
* **Test Type** (Mock, Diagnostic, etc.)
* **Subject or Category**
* **Test Date & Time**
* **Teacher who assigned the test**
* **Assigned Students or Batch**

This information helps you confirm you’re looking at the right test.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FK0TR9WEfNmOvZECNZJK4%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.16.37%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0405c33a-bebc-41da-8804-db21a20e3504" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Key Metrics & What They Mean

#### 1. **Performance Zones: Red, Yellow, Green**

You’ll see how many students fall into each performance zone:

* **Red Zone** – These students scored low and need immediate help.
* **Yellow Zone** – These students are doing okay but have room for improvement.
* **Green Zone** – These students performed well.

This gives you a quick idea of how the whole group did and helps you decide where to focus your attention first.

***

#### 2. **Student Mastery Score List**

Below the zones, you’ll find a list of all students who took the test along with:

* **Their LQ Mastery Score** – A number showing how well they’ve mastered the skills tested.
* A link to **View Analytics** for each student – This opens deeper insights specific to the learner.

This section lets you pick out individual students and understand their test performance in detail.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FK0TR9WEfNmOvZECNZJK4%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.16.37%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=0405c33a-bebc-41da-8804-db21a20e3504" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Deep-Dive Visual Analytics

Several charts and visuals help you see exactly where the class is doing well or struggling. These include:

***

#### 3. **Frequency of Errors Analysis**

This shows which topics students made the most mistakes in.

* For example, if 82% of students got a question in **Complex Numbers** wrong, it appears with a tall red bar.
* AI also suggests the **top 3 weak topics** based on this data.

**How this helps:**\
This tells you where most students are confused. You can schedule a revision session or assign practice specifically in those areas.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F5gKf6ND4GfdGn7fEhtST%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.16.49%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=5fb2d761-8bdf-4c8f-8349-6a466f68fac4" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. **Time Management**

This shows how much time students spent on different math, reading, or writing topics.

* The red bars show your students' average time.
* The grey bars show overall average time (for comparison).
* AI highlights **which topics are taking too long** and need better time strategies.

**How this helps:**\
Helps you teach students how to manage time better, especially in exams where speed matters.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FRNdelv8Y5uAivq347j9D%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.16.54%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=54676d34-50a4-4e70-9536-7e043fa4e3f2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 5. **Question-by-Question Analysis**

This breaks down how each question in the test was handled:

* You can switch between **Error Analysis** and **Time Management** modes.
* Each question shows the percentage of students who got it wrong.
* You can even **click on the question** to preview it, see the correct answer, and check which students got it wrong.

**How this helps:**\
You can find which questions were the hardest, confusing, or poorly attempted. Use this to explain those questions again in class.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fuy3mlJYeow4j4pXwtU8K%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.17.01%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=02f806ee-997d-436c-97fd-a9cc48376ce1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F7TY2PCquCO9zaPsXTbzO%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.17.25%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=35ef5b3e-d3a2-411c-b0cd-23f60c04feb8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 6. **LQ Mastery Level**

This shows how well students understood each topic in the test.

* It breaks down performance into topics like **Linear Equations** or **Statistics**.
* Each topic has an average mastery level such as:
  * **Expert**
  * **Advanced**
  * **Intermediate**
  * **Novice**
* AI also gives the **top 3 areas for improvement**.

**How this helps:**\
Gives you a clear picture of the class’s strengths and weaknesses. You can now group students by mastery level and offer targeted help.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FvhKQ9BK4gvO7NL7OOiVV%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.17.06%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=acd733e5-f1b0-41a1-9f58-ddac6ec7603f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 7. **Strengths and Weaknesses Table**

This table shows detailed stats for each student on one topic at a time (you can select the topic at the top):

* **Mastery Score**
* **Chat Count** (number of questions asked or attempted)
* **Time Trained**
* **Questions Correct vs. Total**
* Direct link to view more **Detailed Analytics**

**How this helps:**\
Allows you to pinpoint if someone is falling behind in one specific concept. For example, a student might have only 4/12 correct in "Command of Evidence." That means they need practice or one-on-one help.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FOxB4zmkLReKGL49dWcw6%2FScreenshot%202025-04-15%20at%208.17.12%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9840e750-28c0-4936-a14d-befdc0f757a8" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Example Use Case

Let’s say you just ran a “Mock Test 2” for your March Batch. You check Scheduled Test Analytics and find:

* 42 students are in the red zone.
* Most errors happened in "Complex Numbers" and "Area & Volume."
* Students are taking too long on "Graphical Inference" questions.

Using this, you can:

* Run a **remedial session** for weak topics.
* Teach **time-saving strategies**.
* Give **targeted practice** to the red zone students.

***

### Summary: Why Use Scheduled Test Analytics?

| Feature                | What It Tells You                       | What You Can Do                           |
| ---------------------- | --------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| Zones                  | Overall test performance                | Know who needs help first                 |
| Errors                 | Where students are making most mistakes | Re-teach those concepts                   |
| Time                   | Which topics are slowing students down  | Teach them to pace better                 |
| Question-by-question   | Which test questions were hardest       | Explain again or improve question quality |
| Mastery levels         | Topic understanding                     | Personalize learning                      |
| Strengths & Weaknesses | Individual & group topic-wise stats     | Offer feedback and plan targeted sessions |

Need more support? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Test Scheduling

The **Test Scheduling** section in VEGA AI allows educators and administrators to schedule structured and practice tests for individual users or entire batches. This tool helps ensure that assessments are conducted in a timely and organized manner, with clear instructions and tracking of all tests — past and upcoming.

***

### What Can You Do Here?

* Schedule **new tests** for batches or specific users.
* Set the **test date, time, type**, and **duration**.
* Choose the **test paper or content** to be used.
* See a complete list of all **upcoming, completed, and cancelled** tests.
* **Edit or cancel** tests before they are conducted.

***

### 1. **Test Scheduling Dashboard**

When you open the Test Scheduling section, you see a dashboard with all scheduled tests categorized into:

* **Upcoming Tests** – Tests that are scheduled but not yet taken.
* **Completed Tests** – Tests that have already been taken.
* **Cancelled Tests** – Tests that were created but later cancelled.
* **All Tests** – A combined view of every test, regardless of status.

Each test entry on this list shows:

* **Test Name**
* **Test Date & Time**
* **Test Type** (Practice or Structured)
* **Assigned Teacher(s)**
* **Assigned Batch or Users**
* **Number of Users**
* Quick Actions: **Edit** or **Cancel**

This overview helps you keep track of what assessments are planned and lets you make quick adjustments if needed.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDieXjzw8Y1vWXPyfQNTM%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.35.08%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=f804ae91-a9be-4c33-b02f-98bb9ad0f917" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### 2. **How to Schedule a New Test**

To schedule a test, click the **"Schedule New Test"** button. This opens a form where you can fill in the necessary details.

#### Required Fields:

| Field                               | Purpose                                                                                                                        |
| ----------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ |
| **Test Name**                       | Give the test a clear and descriptive name. Example: “Mock 2 for March Batch 2”.                                               |
| **Course**                          | Choose the course the test is linked to. For example, "Digital SAT".                                                           |
| **Test Type**                       | Select whether the test is a Practice Test or Structured Test.                                                                 |
| **Select Saved Test**               | Choose from previously created test papers or assessments.                                                                     |
| **Teacher**                         | Assign one or more teachers who will be linked to this test.                                                                   |
| **Assign Batch or Users**           | Choose whether to assign the test to a whole batch or select individual users.                                                 |
| **Add/Remove Users**                | If assigning to individual users, search and select them by name. You can also apply filters like plan type or date of signup. |
| **Test Date & Start Time**          | Set the date and exact time when the test will become available.                                                               |
| **Time Zone**                       | Choose the relevant time zone, especially important for users in different regions.                                            |
| **Test Access Time**                | Set how long the test will be available (e.g., 30 minutes).                                                                    |
| **Test Description & Instructions** | Add any specific instructions students should see before starting the test.                                                    |

Once all fields are filled out, click **“Schedule Test”** to confirm.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fakl4wYzlrz3LvMJXXhCB%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.35.18%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9f9a4836-8e6c-4912-8cb2-7679ea6d4c5a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### 3. **Viewing and Managing Scheduled Tests**

All scheduled tests appear in the main table. You can take these actions:

* **Edit a Test:** Click “Edit” next to any test to change the time, teacher, users, or other settings.
* **Cancel a Test:** Click “Cancel” to remove the test. This is useful if you want to reschedule or if the test is no longer needed.
* **View Assigned Users:** Click the number under “Users No.” to see exactly who the test is assigned to.

***

### Examples

#### Example 1: Scheduling a Mock Test for a Batch

You can schedule a test named “Mock 2 for Dec Batch 3”:

* Assign it to "LQ DSAT 2024 Dec Batch 3"
* Choose “Structured Test”
* Select teachers “Piyush Kumar” and “John Cain”
* Set it for Nov 7, 2025, at 4:50 PM

#### Example 2: Scheduling a Sectional Test for Individuals

You may want to assign a test only to specific students who need practice on “Linear Equations.” You can:

* Choose individual students using filters like plan type or signup date.
* Assign only those few students and set the test as a “Practice Test”
* Give a short duration and clear instructions.

***

### Why This Feature is Important

* Helps you **organize assessments** efficiently for different users.
* Makes sure that students get the **right test at the right time**.
* You can **target specific topics or skills** by assigning personalized practice tests.
* Teachers stay informed with their name linked to the tests, improving **accountability and tracking**.
* Tests appear in analytics after they’re taken, allowing deeper analysis of **student performance**.


# Zoom Integration

VEGA AI now supports **seamless Zoom integration**, enabling admins to schedule, manage, and monitor Zoom meetings directly from the VEGA AI dashboard. Whether it's recurring live classes, onboarding sessions, or internal meetings — everything can now be managed from one unified interface.

### What This Means

You no longer need to go to Zoom every time you want to schedule a class or a meeting.\
With VEGA AI, you can do it all from one place — schedule classes, invite students, add teachers, and more.

But first, we need to **connect your Zoom account** to VEGA AI.\
Think of this like giving VEGA AI the “keys” to open and run your Zoom meetings for you.

To do that, Zoom gives you 3 keys:

1. **Account ID** – Like your Zoom username.
2. **Client ID** – Like a key that tells Zoom which app is trying to help you.
3. **Client Secret** – A special passcode to prove it’s really you.

Don’t worry — we’ll guide you through how to get these keys step-by-step.

***

### Step 1: Go to the Zoom App Marketplace

This is like Zoom’s app store.

Go to <https://marketplace.zoom.us>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fbc5M3o9JnsueSYsZ7g3e%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2010.56.56%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=483ea1fe-827d-482f-b36f-82b64b52e0ea" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Click **Sign In** at the top and log in using your Zoom account.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FYI2VsyFLyu27As5X6Sxe%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2010.57.57%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=7cffd7a3-3f63-4405-aca4-eab08d7ca093" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

Once logged in, click the **Develop** button at the top right, then select **Build App**.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FLDtQl5hJmsEK7sztekO6%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2010.58.43%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=93482db0-f70a-4d76-949d-e78c4cded7e7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Step 2: Choose the Right App Type

Zoom will now ask what kind of app you want to create.\
You’ll see 3 options. Select the second one:\
**“Server to Server OAuth App”**

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Faadso3fE64BeNhNGBVif%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2010.59.06%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=9d4717b1-452c-4c1a-94c2-444a973b6bf3" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

This is just a fancy way of saying:

> "I want Zoom and VEGA AI to talk to each other automatically in the background."

Click **Create** to move ahead.<br>

***

### Step 3: Fill in Basic Info

Now you’ll be asked to name your app and give a few details like your organization name and email.

Example:

* **App Name:** VEGA AI Zoom Link
* **Company Name:** Your school or coaching institute
* **Email:** Your email ID

Click **Continue** once you’re done.

***

### Step 4: Get Your 3 Keys (Credentials)

Now go to the **App Credentials** section — Zoom will show you:

* **Account ID**
* **Client ID**
* **Client Secret**

Just **copy these 3 values** and save them somewhere safe (like a notepad or email to yourself).\
You’ll need to paste them inside VEGA AI to connect Zoom.

> **Do not share these with anyone.** They’re like your Zoom password — only for VEGA AI.

***

Once you have these 3 things ready, you’re done with the Zoom part!

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FdTwYNiCDtwdMQ4ermI1U%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2010.59.34%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=44bf2e41-6754-40be-9f08-8c7370b09b5e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## How to Schedule Zoom Meetings from VEGA AI

*Now that Zoom is connected, let’s walk through how to schedule your classes and meetings — all from your VEGA AI dashboard.*

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FoUJlg9dEjYJuW1YaPHVU%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2011.01.19%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=2e0e5d33-6c5f-44b2-85a6-c70b0251bab5" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Step 1: Open the “Schedule Zoom” Section

1. Login to your **VEGA AI** admin dashboard.
2. From the left side menu, click on **Operations**.
3. Inside Operations, click **Schedule Zoom**.

This is your main hub for creating and managing Zoom sessions for any course.

***

### 📅 Step 2: Click “Create Meeting”

Once you’re inside the Schedule Zoom page, click the blue **+ Create Meeting** button at the top.

This will open a simple form where you can set up your meeting.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDdfxVBVPsPKjiAFpXvys%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2011.01.33%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=16282c4f-6b1e-4906-ab8b-d9e27d305a6a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Step 3: Fill Out the Meeting Form

This form is where you tell VEGA AI all the details about your class or session.

Let’s go through it one by one (like filling out a classroom timetable):

#### 🔹 Meeting Topic

What is the class or session about?\
Examples:

* “SAT Reading - Class 1”
* “Induction for New Students”

#### 🔹 Meeting Time & Date

Pick the date and time when your Zoom meeting will start.

#### 🔹 Time Zone

Usually it’s already set to India time (Asia/Calcutta). You can leave it as is unless you’re in another country.

#### 🔹 Duration

Enter how long the meeting should last (e.g., 30 minutes, 60 minutes).

#### Recurring Meeting

Tick this box **only if this meeting will happen every week or day**.\
For example: “Every Monday at 4 PM.”

#### Agenda

This is optional. You can write a short note for students or teachers to explain what this session is about.

***

### Step 4: Choose Who Will Join

You can now select:

* Which **batches** this meeting is for
* Specific **students** (if you don’t want the whole batch)
* Which **teachers** should be added
* Or just tick **Select All Teachers** if it's for everyone

&#x20; *This is great for both classes and internal staff meetings!*

***

### Step 5: Hit “Schedule Meeting”

Once everything looks good, click the **“Schedule Meeting”** button at the bottom.

Boom — your Zoom meeting is ready and students/teachers will automatically get access.

***

### View & Manage All Meetings

You can see all your scheduled meetings inside the **Scheduled Zoom** or **Scheduled Classes** tab.\
You’ll be able to:

* See upcoming sessions
* View participants
* &#x20;Copy meeting links with one click

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fwn08YJCt11ULI4rlpbZu%2FScreenshot%202025-05-05%20at%2011.02.00%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=29aa7891-c260-4087-9e6d-42facee8b2a2" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Best Practices for Smooth Scheduling

#### Always Schedule Early

Try to create meetings **at least a few hours in advance**. This gives VEGA AI time to sync with Zoom and notify students.

#### Use Clear Titles

Write meeting names that are simple and specific.\
Instead of “Class,” use:

> “Physics - Gravitation - Class 3”\
> “SAT Verbal Practice - Doubt Session”

#### Add Agendas for Clarity

Use the agenda box to tell students what they should prepare for.\
Example:

> “We’ll be solving the previous year’s paper. Please bring your notebooks.”

***

### Admin Tips

* You can filter meetings by **course, date, batch, or student plan**.
* You can add or remove specific students or teachers for each session.
* Use the **Copy Link** button to share the Zoom link manually if needed.

Need more help? Our support team is available 24/7 through:

* Email: <support@myvega.ai>


# Notification

🎯 What is This?

The **VEGA AI Notification System** is a real-time communication platform that instantly connects educators, admins, and learners. Think of it like text messages or push notifications on your phone, but built directly into the VEGA AI platform.

In simple terms:

* When an educator assigns homework → learners get notified instantly
* When a learner submits a test → educators get notified instantly

No emails needed. No delays. Instant communication. ⚡

***

## 💡 Why This Matters

### The Problem We Solved

Before:

* Educators email learners about assignments → 70% open rate
* Learners miss important updates → grades suffer
* Admins send announcements → half the learners don't see them
* Communication takes hours or days
* "Did you get my message?" → constant confusion

After:

* Educators notify learners → 100% delivery, instant
* Learners never miss assignments → better grades
* Admins reach everyone immediately → complete visibility
* Communication takes seconds
* Everyone knows they received the message → no confusion

### Real Impact

| Metric                | Before      | After          | Improvement   |
| --------------------- | ----------- | -------------- | ------------- |
| Message Delivery      | 70% (email) | 100% (instant) | +30%          |
| Time to Reach Learner | Hours       | < 2 seconds    | 99.9% faster  |
| Support Tickets       | 200/month   | 20/month       | 90% reduction |
| Learner Engagement    | 60% DAU     | 82% DAU        | +37%          |
| Assignment Awareness  | 60%         | 95%            | +58%          |

***

## 🎨 What It Looks Like

### For Educators / Admins

#### The Notification Bell 🔔

Location: Top-right corner of the screen

What you'll see:

* No badge = All caught up
* Red badge (3) = 3 unread notifications
* Green dot = Connected to real-time updates
* Red dot = Disconnected (click to reconnect)

Visual effects:

* Bell shakes when a new notification arrives
* Badge has gradient glow
* Smooth animations

> ![](https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FG0CqoY3jH7ja1axaIMip%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=cdeb7c8f-60b7-4faa-949f-b46aac681877)

#### Toast Notifications (Pop-ups) 🎉

Appears in the bottom-right as a small card:

* Appears for 5 seconds
* Doesn't block your work
* Click to go directly to the item
* Automatically disappears
* Shows priority color (green, yellow, red)
* Plays subtle animation when appearing

#### Notification Panel (Dropdown)

Click the bell to open the dropdown with all notifications. Panel features:

* Header actions: Refresh, Mark All Read, Close
* Connection status: green = connected, yellow = disconnected (with Reconnect)
* Notification cards with colored left border indicating type/priority
* Green dot = unread; no dot = read
* Time stamps like "2 minutes ago"
* Click anywhere to open the related page (auto mark as read)
* Empty state when no notifications
* Infinite scroll with "Load More" and "You have reached the end"

> ![](https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FZS2eoJ545MbwZazYOE0G%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=a7adf77a-20b8-4942-b45d-c61df146dc3a)

### For Learners

Learners see the same interface:

* Bell badge shows unread count
* Toast notification appears when something happens
* Notifications persist until read
* Click notification → go directly to the item

Learner experience highlights:

* Instant notification on assignments and announcements
* One click to access the assignment
* Badge shows unread count so nothing is missed

***

## 📋 What Notifications Are Sent

### Notification Types (4 Core Types)

The system supports 4 core types, each with its own color and icon:

| Type         | Purpose             | When to Use                     | Icon | Badge Color |
| ------------ | ------------------- | ------------------------------- | ---- | ----------- |
| Info         | General information | New materials, general updates  | ℹ️   | Blue        |
| Announcement | Important updates   | Major news, policy changes      | 📢   | Cyan        |
| Reminder     | Deadline reminders  | Assignment due, upcoming events | 🔔   | Purple      |
| Alert        | Urgent warnings     | Critical updates, emergencies   | ⚠️   | Orange/Red  |

Note: Info (ℹ️) is the default type when no type is specified.

Example notifications:

* ℹ️ Info: New Study Materials Available — Python Chapter 6 resources added
* 📢 Announcement: Holiday Schedule Update — Campus closed Dec 24-26
* 🔔 Reminder: Assignment Due Tomorrow — Python Quiz due Oct 20 at 5:00 PM
* ⚠️ Alert: Class Time Changed — Today's 3 PM class moved to 4 PM

***

## 🎛️ Admin Features (Manual Notifications)

Admins and educators can manually send custom notifications to specific users, groups, or entire organizations (in addition to automatic notifications).

Path: Operation → Notifications

You’ll see a form to create and send custom notifications including Title, Message, Type, Recipients, Priority, Action Required, and Live Preview.

> ![](https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUiRNqywEjBomzRekJaIq%2Fimage.png?alt=media\&token=a98ac5f1-258e-477d-94ac-3e0beacc9063)

### Key Features

* Character limits: Title 100 chars | Message 500 chars (visual counters, validation)
* Notification type selection (defaults to Info)
* Recipient selection with powerful filtering
* Priority levels: Low, Medium (default), High
* Live preview before sending
* Optional metadata (links, due dates, course context)
* Notification history with search and delivery statistics

### Recipient Selection Modes

Use the stepper below to browse the selection modes (each mode is a distinct recipient selection method):

{% stepper %}
{% step %}

### Select by Batch

Select groups of learners by their assigned batches.

Example:

* Spring 2025 Batch (45 learners)
* Advanced Python Class (32 learners)

Selected: 77 learners from 2 batches
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Select Individual Users

Search users by name and pick individuals.

Example:

* John Doe (Learner)
* Sarah Smith (Learner)
* Mike Johnson (Learner)

Selected: 2 recipients
{% endstep %}

{% step %}

### All Free Users

Automatically selects all users WITHOUT PRO or PRO MAX subscriptions.

Example:

* ✅ 145 free users automatically selected
* All users without PRO or PRO MAX subscriptions
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### All Paid Users

Automatically selects all users WITH PRO or PRO MAX subscriptions.

Example:

* ✅ 89 paid users automatically selected
* All users with PRO or PRO MAX subscriptions
  {% endstep %}

{% step %}

### Team Members

Select by team member roles (Admin, Manager, Educator, Operator). Note: visible to PRIMARY ADMIN and ADMIN.

Example:

* Select Team Member Roles: Admin, Manager
* ✅ 12 team members selected
* From 2 roles: Admin, Manager
  {% endstep %}
  {% endstepper %}

Why these options matter:

* Batch selection: quickly reach entire classes
* Individual selection: targeted personal communication
* Free/Paid users: marketing or premium communications
* Team members: internal communications by role

### Notification History & Analytics

* View previously sent notifications
* Search, filter, and view delivery stats (sent, delivered, read)
* Recipient count preview and infinite scroll in history

***

## 💬 Frequently Asked Questions

<details>

<summary>Do I need to install anything?</summary>

No. Just log in to VEGA AI and it works automatically.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if I miss a notification?</summary>

Notifications remain in your panel until you read them.

</details>

<details>

<summary>What if I'm offline when a notification is sent?</summary>

You'll see it next time you log in. Nothing is lost.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I know if I'm connected?</summary>

Green dot on bell icon = connected. Yellow warning = disconnected (click to reconnect).

</details>

<details>

<summary>Can I send to my entire class?</summary>

Yes. Select "Batch" or use role-based selection to notify entire classes.

</details>

<details>

<summary>Is there a character limit?</summary>

Title: 100 characters. Message: 500 characters.

</details>

<details>

<summary>How do I mark all as read?</summary>

Click the bell → Click "Mark All Read".

</details>


# Assign Content To Users


# Calender


# Integrations


# Custom Webhook Integration

Connect Your Organization to Your Stack: Custom Webhooks Are Here

**Get real-time events from your organization, signups, test submissions analytics, and more delivered to your CRM, analytics, or automation tools. No code required.**

Your learning platform shouldn't live in a silo. You need signups, test completions, and engagement data where you already work: in your CRM, your analytics pipeline, or your automation tools.

**Introducing Custom Webhooks for your organization**. Point a URL at your organization, choose which events matter to you, and we'll send structured payloads the moment they happen, so you can sync users, track outcomes, and automate follow-ups without building custom integrations.

{% embed url="<https://youtu.be/v-2OzUXIUss>" %}

### What You Can Do With Custom Webhooks

#### User Signup:&#x20;

The moment someone joins your organization, get their profile (name, email, role, signup date) at your endpoint. Perfect for adding leads to your CRM, triggering welcome sequences, or updating your analytics.

#### Practice Test Submit:&#x20;

When a student submits a practice test or quiz, receive completion and score data. Use it to update progress in your LMS, trigger coaching workflows, or feed dashboards.

#### Full Length Test Submit:&#x20;

When a full-length or structured test is completed, get scores, completion status, and optional AI feedback. Ideal for reporting, parent/advisor notifications, or prep program analytics.

You choose which events each webhook receives. One URL can handle multiple event types, or you can use separate URLs for different systems (e.g. CRM vs. analytics).<br>

### Why This Matters for Admins and Ops

#### No polling&#x20;

Events are pushed as they happen.

#### One place to manage&#x20;

Add, update, and remove webhooks from **Settings → Integration Settings → Custom Webhook**.

#### Visibility&#x20;

Event logs show what was sent and when, plus the option to resend or send sample events for testing.

#### Flexible:&#x20;

Works with any endpoint that accepts HTTP POST (Zapier, Make, your own API, data warehouses, etc.).

### Quick Start

1\. Go to **Settings → Integration Settings** and open the **Custom Webhook** tab.

2\. Add your webhook URL (e.g. from Zapier, Make, or your server).

3\. Select the events you want (User Signup, Practice Test Submit, Full Length Test Submit).

4\. Save. We'll start sending events to your URL as they occur.

You can add multiple webhooks, attach short descriptions, and use the built-in event log to debug or resend events.<br>

### Bottom Line

Custom Webhooks turn your organization into a real-time event source for the rest of your stack. Fewer manual exports, fewer one-off integrations, and more time focused on teaching and coaching.

\
Ready to connect? Head to Settings → Integration Settings → Custom Webhook and add your first URL.


# Zapier Integration

Vega AI provides a comprehensive API for integrating with Zapier to automate workflows, sync data to CRM systems, and trigger actions based on student activities. This document covers all REST API endpoints designed specifically for Zapier integration.

### Base URL

```
https://backend.myvega/api/zapier
```

### Authentication

All API endpoints require authentication using an API key. The API key can be provided in one of the following ways:

#### Headers

* `x-api-key`: Your organization's API key
* `Authorization`: Bearer token or direct API key

#### Query Parameters (for compatibility)

* `apiKey`: Your organization's API key

#### Example Request with Authentication

```bash
curl -X GET "https://backend.myvega/api/zapier/healthcheck" \
  -H "x-api-key: your-api-key-here"
```

***

### API Endpoints

#### 1. Health Check

Validates API key and returns service status information.

**Endpoint:** `GET /api/zapier/healthcheck`

**Authentication:** Required

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "status": "healthy",
  "message": "API is operational and your credentials are valid",
  "authentication": {
    "valid": true,
    "organizationName": "Your Organization Name"
  },
  "timestamp": "25-12-2024",
  "endpoints": [
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/healthcheck",
      "method": "GET",
      "description": "Health check with API key validation",
      "authenticated": true
    },
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/userinfo",
      "method": "POST",
      "description": "Get organization users list with subscription info (supports pagination with page and limit in request body)",
      "authenticated": true
    },
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/new-student-signups",
      "method": "GET",
      "description": "Get new student signups for CRM integration (supports ?limit=50&since=ISO_DATE for basic signup data)",
      "authenticated": true
    },
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/student-diagnostic-tests",
      "method": "POST",
      "description": "Get all diagnostic test data for the organization. Supports filtering by date, test type, and pagination",
      "authenticated": true
    },
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/students-analytics",
      "method": "POST",
      "description": "Get students analytics data (similar to GraphQL getStudentsAnalytics). Supports filtering by test types, dates, names, course, and status",
      "authenticated": true
    },
    {
      "path": "/api/zapier/students-practice-analytics",
      "method": "POST",
      "description": "Get students analytics data for quiz, assignment, homework, and exit ticket tests with pagination support",
      "authenticated": true
    }
  ]
}
```

#### 2. Organization Users Information

Retrieves a paginated list of users in the organization with subscription details.

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/userinfo`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "page": 1,
  "limit": 10
}
```

**Parameters:**

* `page` (optional): Page number for pagination (default: 1)
* `limit` (optional): Number of users per page (default: 10, max: 100)

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "pagination": {
    "page": 1,
    "limit": 10,
    "total": 150,
    "totalPages": 15,
    "hasNextPage": true,
    "hasPreviousPage": false
  },
  "count": 10,
  "users": [
    {
      "firstName": "John",
      "lastName": "Doe",
      "fullName": "John Doe",
      "email": "john.doe@example.com",
      "parentEmail": "parent@example.com",
      "phoneNumber": "+1234567890",
      "role": "STUDENT",
      "createdAt": "25-12-2024",
      "isOnboardingCompleted": true,
      "intentLevel": "high",
      "reasoning": "Student shows strong interest in SAT preparation",
      "subscription": "PRO",
      "userType": "paid"
    }
  ]
}
```

#### 3. New Student Signups (Trigger)

Retrieves new student signups for CRM integration. Designed for polling triggers in Zapier.

**Endpoint:** `GET /api/zapier/new-student-signups`

**Authentication:** Required

**Query Parameters:**

* `limit` (optional): Number of students to return (default: 10, max: 100)
* `since` (optional): ISO date string to filter students created after this date (e.g., "2024-01-01T00:00:00Z")

**Response:** Returns an array of student objects for easy mapping in Zapier:

```json
[
  {
    "firstName": "Jane",
    "lastName": "Smith",
    "fullName": "Jane Smith",
    "email": "jane.smith@example.com",
    "phoneNumber": "+1987654321",
    "role": "STUDENT",
    "signupDate": "2024-12-25",
    "isOnboardingCompleted": false,
    "lastLogin": null,
    "intentLevel": "medium",
    "intentReasoning": "Interested in college preparation"
  }
]
```

**Zapier Setup:**

1. Create a "Polling" trigger in Zapier
2. Use: `GET /api/zapier/new-student-signups`
3. Add your API key to headers
4. Configure polling interval (recommended: every 15 minutes)
5. Map response fields to your CRM fields

#### 4. Student Diagnostic Tests

Retrieves diagnostic test data for the organization with detailed analytics.

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/student-diagnostic-tests`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "limit": 100,
  "since": "2024-01-01T00:00:00Z",
  "testType": "DIAGNOSTIC"
}
```

**Parameters:**

* `limit` (optional): Number of test records to return (default: 100, max: 500)
* `since` (optional): ISO date string to filter tests created after this date
* `testType` (optional): Filter by test type ("DIAGNOSTIC" or "STRUCTURED\_TEST", default: "DIAGNOSTIC")

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "message": "Diagnostic test data retrieved successfully",
  "count": 25,
  "data": [
    {
      "testName": "SAT Diagnostic Test - Math",
      "testType": "DIAGNOSTIC",
      "studentName": "John Doe",
      "studentEmail": "john.doe@example.com",
      "courseName": "SAT Math Preparation",
      "masteryScore": 75,
      "overallCompletionStatus": "COMPLETED",
      "createdAt": "2024-12-25T10:30:00.000Z",
      "completedAt": "25-12-2024",
      "computedMetrics": [
        {
          "metricName": "Algebra",
          "value": 80,
          "maxScore": 100
        },
        {
          "metricName": "Geometry",
          "value": 70,
          "maxScore": 100
        }
      ]
    }
  ]
}
```

#### 5. Student Analytics (Structured Tests)

Retrieves student analytics data for structured tests with detailed metrics and pagination.

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/students-analytics`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "page": 1,
  "limit": 50
}
```

**Parameters:**

* `page` (required): Page number for pagination
* `limit` (required): Number of results per page (1-100)

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "message": "Success",
  "totalPages": 5,
  "totalTests": 250,
  "currentPage": 1,
  "nextPage": 2,
  "previousPage": null,
  "hasNextPage": true,
  "hasPreviousPage": false,
  "tests": [
    {
      "name": "John Doe",
      "courseName": "SAT Math Preparation",
      "testName": "Chapter 5 Practice Test",
      "testType": "STRUCTURED_TEST",
      "masteryScore": 85,
      "maxScoreForAllQuestions": 100,
      "projectedScore": 1450,
      "overallCompletionStatus": "COMPLETED",
      "aiFeedback": "Excellent performance on algebra concepts",
      "date": "2024-12-25T10:30:00.000Z",
      "retaken": false,
      "timeZone": "America/New_York",
      "computedMetrics": {
        "Algebra Mastery": 90,
        "Algebra Mastery_maxScore": 100,
        "Geometry Mastery": 80,
        "Geometry Mastery_maxScore": 100,
        "Data Analysis": 85,
        "Data Analysis_maxScore": 100
      }
    }
  ]
}
```

#### 6. Student Practice Analytics

Retrieves student analytics for practice tests (Quiz, Assignment, Homework, Exit Ticket).

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/students-practice-analytics`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "page": 1,
  "limit": 50
}
```

**Parameters:**

* `page` (required): Page number for pagination
* `limit` (required): Number of results per page (1-100)

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "message": "Success",
  "totalPages": 10,
  "totalTests": 500,
  "currentPage": 1,
  "nextPage": 2,
  "previousPage": null,
  "hasNextPage": true,
  "hasPreviousPage": false,
  "tests": [
    {
      "name": "Jane Smith",
      "courseName": "SAT Math Preparation",
      "testName": "Weekly Quiz - Linear Equations",
      "testType": "QUIZ",
      "masteryScore": 92,
      "maxScoreForAllQuestions": 100,
      "overallCompletionStatus": "COMPLETED",
      "aiFeedback": "Perfect score! Strong understanding of linear equations",
      "date": "2024-12-25T14:20:00.000Z",
      "retaken": false,
      "timeZone": "America/New_York"
    }
  ]
}
```

#### Subscribe to Webhooks

Subscribe a Zapier webhook URL to receive real-time notifications.

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/subscribe`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "hookUrl": "https://hooks.zapier.com/hooks/catch/123456/abcdef/"
}
```

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "message": "Webhook subscribed successfully",
  "webhook": {
    "url": "https://hooks.zapier.com/hooks/catch/123456/abcdef/",
    "status": "active",
    "createdAt": "2024-12-25T10:30:00.000Z"
  },
  "hookUrl": "https://hooks.zapier.com/hooks/catch/123456/abcdef/"
}
```

#### Unsubscribe from Webhooks

Remove a webhook URL from notifications.

**Endpoint:** `POST /api/zapier/unsubscribe`

**Authentication:** Required

**Request Body:**

```json
{
  "hookUrl": "https://hooks.zapier.com/hooks/catch/123456/abcdef/"
}
```

**Response:**

```json
{
  "success": true,
  "message": "Webhook unsubscribed successfully"
}
```

#### Webhook Notifications

When students register, the following payload is sent to active webhooks:

```json
{
  "id": "507f1f77bcf86cd799439011",
  "firstName": "John",
  "lastName": "Doe",
  "fullName": "John Doe",
  "email": "john.doe@example.com",
  "phoneNumber": "+1234567890",
  "role": "STUDENT",
  "signupDate": "2024-12-25",
  "isOnboardingCompleted": false,
  "lastLogin": null,
  "intentLevel": "high",
  "intentReasoning": "Strong interest in SAT preparation"
}
```

### Error Handling

All endpoints return standardized error responses:

```json
{
  "success": false,
  "message": "Error description",
  "error": "Detailed error message",
  "timestamp": "25-12-2024"
}
```

Common HTTP status codes:

* `200`: Success
* `400`: Bad Request (invalid parameters)
* `403`: Forbidden (invalid API key)
* `404`: Not Found
* `500`: Internal Server Error

### Rate Limiting

* API requests are rate-limited per organization
* Standard limits apply to prevent abuse
* Contact support for increased limits if needed

#### Date Formats

* API responses use `DD-MM-YYYY` format for display dates
* ISO 8601 format (`YYYY-MM-DD`) for precise timestamps
* Query parameters accept ISO 8601 date strings

#### Test Types

* `DIAGNOSTIC`: Initial assessment tests
* `STRUCTURED_TEST`: Full practice tests
* `QUIZ`: Short quizzes
* `ASSIGNMENT`: Homework assignments
* `HOMEWORK`: Homework tasks
* `EXIT_TICKET`: End-of-lesson assessments

#### Subscription Tiers

* `BASIC`: Free tier
* `PRO`: Professional tier
* `PRO_MAX`: Premium tier

#### Completion Status

* `PENDING`: Test not started
* `IN_PROGRESS`: Test in progress
* `COMPLETED`: Test finished
* `EXPIRED`: Test expired

### Zapier Integration Examples

#### 1. Student Signup to CRM

1. **Trigger**: Polling trigger on `/api/zapier/new-student-signups`
2. **Action**: Create/update contact in CRM (HubSpot, Salesforce, etc.)
3. **Schedule**: Every 15 minutes

#### 2. Test Results to Google Sheets

1. **Trigger**: Polling trigger on `/api/zapier/students-analytics`
2. **Action**: Add/update row in Google Sheet
3. **Schedule**: Every hour

#### 3. Real-time Signup Notifications

1. **Trigger**: Webhook trigger on `/api/zapier/subscribe`
2. **Action**: Send Slack notification or email alert

#### 4. Diagnostic Results to Analytics Platform

1. **Trigger**: Polling trigger on `/api/zapier/student-diagnostic-tests`
2. **Action**: Send data to analytics platform (Mixpanel, Amplitude, etc.)
3. **Schedule**: Daily

### Support

For API key generation, technical support, or additional endpoints:

* Contact: <support@learnq.ai>
* Documentation: <https://docs.learnq.ai>

### Version History

* **v1.0**: Initial Zapier API release
  * Health check endpoint
  * User information endpoint
  * New student signups trigger
  * Student diagnostic tests endpoint
  * Student analytics endpoints
  * Webhook subscription system

***

**Last Updated:** December 25, 2024 **API Version:** v1.0


# VEGA AI Exclusives


# AI Agent Builder

#### Part 1: Introduction to AI Tool Builder & Defining Purpose

The **AI Tool Builder** is a powerful feature designed for educators, counselors, and organizations to create custom AI tools that enhance learning and provide personalized assistance. Imagine being able to create a virtual assistant tailored to meet the unique needs of your students or clients—this is exactly what the AI Tool Builder allows you to do.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Ffq3KKniaC8eyEv6n64N8%2FAI-tools-main-graphic.webp?alt=media&amp;token=2b50404e-b248-444a-9570-f44d36714e3c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Purpose Definition: Starting Your AI Tool Journey**

The first step in using the AI Tool Builder is defining the purpose of your tool. You’ll begin by answering a simple question: **"What do you want to build?"**

For instance:

* **AI Career Counselor**: A tool that helps students explore career paths by matching their interests with potential careers. You might describe this tool as: *"Create an AI assistant that provides career suggestions based on a student's interests, academic background, and skillset."*
* **AI College Counselor**: A tool to assist students in shortlisting colleges based on their preferences, budget, and academic scores. For example: *"Build a tool that helps students find colleges offering scholarships and relevant programs within their budget."*

Once you describe what you want to build, the AI Tool Builder takes over and suggests how your tool might function. It ensures you don’t need to start from scratch.

**How It Works:**

1. **Describe the Purpose**: Let’s say you want to create an AI tutor for SAT preparation. Your description could be: *"Create a tool to help students practice SAT math problems, provide solutions, and give detailed feedback."*
2. **Generate Suggestions**: Based on your input, the AI Tool Builder generates relevant ideas and configurations. For example, if you input *"AI Career Counselor"*, the tool might suggest adding a feature to recommend career paths based on skills and interests.

#### Part 2: Configuring Your AI Tool

Once you’ve defined the purpose of your AI tool, the next step is **Configuring the Tool**. This is where you bring your idea to life by giving your tool its unique identity, functionality, and personality. Let’s break it down step-by-step:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUhsaRL0v8LfVyFFRtvzV%2FScreenshot%202025-02-06%20at%208.35.10%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=de2e37ef-fe2c-4d0b-bce7-be9c774262fd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

**Tool Configuration Options:**

1. **Tool Name**: This is the name of your AI tool. Think of it as the title of a book—it should clearly describe what the tool does. For example:
   * If you are creating a tool to help students with SAT math, you might call it *"Math Mentor."*
   * For a career-focused tool, you could use *"Career Compass."*
2. **Tool Description**: Here, you provide a brief explanation of your tool’s purpose. This description will help users understand what the tool is designed to do. For instance:
   * *"Math Mentor assists students by providing step-by-step solutions to math problems and encourages further practice."*
   * *"Career Compass helps students identify career paths based on their interests, strengths, and academic performance."*
3. **Welcome Message**: This is the first message users will see when they interact with your tool. It sets the tone for the interaction. For example:
   * *"Hello! I’m Math Mentor, your personal math assistant. What math problem can I help you solve today?"*
   * *"Hi there! I’m Career Compass, here to guide you toward your dream career. Let’s explore your options together!"*
4. **Tool Logic Prompt**: This section defines how the AI should function. Think of it as giving your tool its brain. For example:
   * In *Math Mentor*, the tool logic might include: *"Start by asking the user for the type of math problem. Provide a step-by-step solution and offer additional practice problems in the same topic."*
   * For *Career Compass*, it might say: *"Ask the student about their favorite subjects and hobbies. Suggest career options based on their preferences and explain why these careers might suit them."*
5. **Tool Icon**: You can customize the appearance of your tool by uploading an icon or image. This is like giving your tool a face—it makes the tool visually appealing and easier to recognize.

***

**Examples of Configured AI Tools:**

1. **AI Revision Assistant**:
   * *Tool Name*: *Revision Assistant*
   * *Description*: Helps students identify weak areas and provides targeted revision materials.
   * *Welcome Message*: *"Hi! Let’s focus on the topics you find most challenging. Which subject would you like to start with?"*
2. **AI Concept Clarification Assistant**:
   * *Tool Name*: *Concept Clarifier*
   * *Description*: Explains difficult concepts step-by-step and answers follow-up questions.
   * *Welcome Message*: *"Hello! I’m here to make complex topics simpler. Which concept can I clarify for you today?"*
3. **AI Essay Evaluator**:
   * *Tool Name*: *Essay Evaluator*
   * *Description*: Evaluates essays for structure, grammar, and content while providing improvement suggestions.
   * *Welcome Message*: *"Hi! I can evaluate your essays and give tips to improve them. Upload your essay, and let’s get started!"*

Once the tool is configured, you can preview how it interacts with users, allowing you to fine-tune the responses before deploying it.

#### Part 3: Finalizing and Using AI Tools

After configuring your AI tool, it’s time to finalize and deploy it. This step ensures that your tool is ready for real-world use and provides maximum value to your students or audience. Here’s how to proceed:

***

**Previewing the AI Tool**

Once you’ve completed the configuration, the platform allows you to preview how the tool interacts with users. Think of this as a dress rehearsal where you check everything before the big event.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FTaX8a5dW8JL0OfG6cb0b%2FScreenshot%202025-02-06%20at%208.36.53%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=68bad8ec-abae-45a0-91e8-fe19cd1c9f8e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Simulate User Interaction**:
   * The platform provides a sample chat interface where you can interact with your tool.
   * For example, if your tool is *Math Mentor*, you can type in a sample question like *"Can you solve a quadratic equation?"* and see how the tool responds.
2. **Check for Clarity**:
   * Ensure the tool’s responses are clear, accurate, and engaging.
   * Example: If you’ve created a *College Admission Counselor* tool, ask it questions like *"What colleges suit my GPA?"* and verify if the suggestions are relevant.
3. **Refine Tool Logic**:
   * Based on the preview, you can adjust the tool’s logic to make it more precise or user-friendly.
   * Example: For an *Essay Evaluator*, you might tweak it to focus more on structure rather than grammar if that’s what your audience needs.

***

**Deploying the AI Tool**

When you’re satisfied with the preview, it’s time to make your tool live. Deployment options include:

1. **Adding the Tool to Your Platform**:
   * Once deployed, the tool will appear under the **AI Tools Dashboard**, ready for use by your students or team.
   * Example: If you’ve built a *Revision Assistant*, students can directly access it from their learning portal to review topics.
2. **Customizing Tool Accessibility**:
   * Decide who can use the tool. You can restrict it to specific student groups, classes, or use cases.
   * Example: Your *AI Career Counselor* might only be available to senior students preparing for college applications.

***

**Examples of Use Cases for Your AI Tools**

To give you a clearer idea of how these tools can benefit your audience, here are some creative use cases:

1. **AI Career Counselor**:
   * **Use Case**: Helps students identify suitable career paths.
   * **How It Works**: Students answer questions about their interests and skills, and the tool suggests careers like data science, teaching, or graphic design, explaining the necessary skills for each.
2. **AI College Admission Counselor**:
   * **Use Case**: Guides students through the college application process.
   * **How It Works**: The tool suggests colleges based on grades, preferred location, and career goals. It can also provide essay-writing tips for admission applications.
3. **AI Reading & Writing Assistant**:
   * **Use Case**: Enhances literacy skills by analyzing essays and generating practice questions.
   * **How It Works**: The tool evaluates written responses for grammar, structure, and tone, offering tips for improvement.
4. **AI Test Preparation Assistant**:
   * **Use Case**: Prepares students for standardized exams like SAT, ACT, or GRE.
   * **How It Works**: The tool generates customized practice tests, provides real-time feedback, and tracks progress over time.
5. **AI Study Buddy for Younger Learners**:
   * **Use Case**: Makes learning fun for kids by turning study topics into games.
   * **How It Works**: Through gamified quizzes and interactive storytelling, the tool keeps children engaged while they learn.

***

**Monitoring Tool Performance**

After deploying your AI tool, it’s important to monitor its performance to ensure it’s meeting expectations. The platform allows you to:

* View usage statistics (e.g., how many students have used the tool).
* Collect feedback from users for continuous improvement.
* Make iterative updates to refine the tool’s logic and functionality.

***

By creating AI tools tailored to specific needs, you empower students with personalized learning experiences. Whether it’s providing career guidance, improving literacy, or simplifying complex concepts, these tools bridge gaps and enhance education in ways traditional methods cannot.


# Spaces

## Introduction to Spaces and Their Purpose

The **Spaces** feature is a dynamic tool designed to transform static learning materials into interactive and engaging content for learners.&#x20;

**Spaces** in VEGA AI is for **anyone** who wants to learn smarter and faster. Whether you're a student trying to study from a YouTube video, a professional reading a long article, or just curious about a topic in a PDF — Spaces gives you everything you need to understand and revise the content, all in one place.

Once you upload a video, webpage link, or PDF document into a Space, the platform automatically creates a **complete learning environment** around it.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDJpEu1E1z6v8xWJSVw4m%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.46.38%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=14bea658-08f4-4f9c-9659-3931899140ab" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **What You Get When You Upload Content**

Every Space automatically comes with these key elements:

#### 1. **Summary**

A quick, AI-generated overview of the content. This helps you understand the main points without going through everything line by line. For example, if you upload a 15-minute YouTube video about AI in healthcare, you’ll get a clear 4–5 line summary highlighting the key arguments and topics.

#### 2. **Chapters**

The AI breaks long content into smaller, labeled sections (like chapter titles). This makes it easier to follow and helps you jump straight to the part you’re interested in. It's like turning a video or article into a table of contents.

#### 3. **Transcripts**

You’ll get the full text version of any video you upload. This helps if you want to search for a word, copy a quote, or just prefer reading over watching or listening.

***

### **Learning Tools You Can Use Inside a Space**

Once the content is uploaded, you’ll see multiple tabs or buttons on the right side. These let you explore the material in different ways:

#### 1. **Ask VEGA (AI Chat)**

A chat assistant that understands the content you uploaded. You can ask questions like:

* “Explain this in simpler terms.”
* “What’s the main argument in this video?”
* “Give me examples related to this topic.”

This helps when you’re stuck or want more clarity — like having a personal tutor or assistant next to you.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FsA1LVZxUasyu63Mp65L6%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.46.48%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=134ff08b-6d07-4d66-9971-0cba1b5b1856" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 2. **Flashcards**

The AI creates short Q\&A cards from the content. You can flip through these to test your understanding. Great for quick revision or self-quizzing.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fpz8HGNd7DCrOhS5uXIn9%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.47.46%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=68e359ac-17ba-400f-b249-593193a4f25d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

#### 3. **Podcast**

An audio version of the content is created. You can listen while walking, commuting, or doing chores. This is especially useful if you prefer to **learn by listening**.

#### 4. **Test Generator**

If you want to test yourself (or someone else) on the content, the AI can generate questions based on the uploaded material. These can be used as a quiz or practice test.

#### 5. **Study Plan**

You can ask the system to generate a weekly study plan based on the content. For example:

> “Make a study plan for June 1st to August 1st based on this video.”

The AI will break down the content by topic, hours to spend, and activities to do each week.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F7zNt4Ko8E57ZsvjxWBig%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.47.32%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=30c248ef-5da6-4371-9857-d8024bc52c65" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **Sharing Your Learning Space**

Once your Space is ready, you can **share it** with others. This is useful for:

* Sharing with friends or teammates for collaborative learning.
* Sending resources to students or followers.
* Creating a public collection of useful study materials.

You can:

* Copy a **public link**
* Send it via **email**
* Allow others to **view or download** the content

This makes it easy to spread useful knowledge or build communities around topics you care about.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FBy8a5rZ6trAUVXQ5pmEN%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.46.59%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a4ec701b-e2e1-41e2-88e9-fd70f9303848" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **Find and Explore All Spaces**

Under the **“All Spaces”** tab, you can browse all published Spaces — including your own and others' — based on content type (videos, documents) or topic.

You’ll see:

* The title
* The author
* Content description
* Link to open and interact with the Space

This is like a content library where you can **explore summaries and insights** from various fields — math, science, history, technology, and more.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNy6SJ8xbYgLvqK21Rqam%2FScreenshot%202025-04-17%20at%208.48.06%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=93ecb34f-311b-421c-97cc-4fb4f9047f7f" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### **Why Use Spaces?**

Here’s what makes Spaces powerful for any user:

* No need to take manual notes.
* Learn at your own pace — watch, read, listen, or ask questions.
* Everything is organized in one place.
* Shareable, revisitable, and perfect for both solo and group learning.

Whether you're preparing for exams, working on a project, exploring a new topic, or just trying to stay informed — Spaces turns any content into a structured learning experience in seconds.


# VEGA AI Tools

## VEGA AI Tools Dashboard

The **VEGA AI Tools Dashboard** is a comprehensive suite of tools designed to simplify and enhance educators' workflows. Here's a detailed breakdown of each tool visible in the dashboard:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F4KFRP4BnuIc9Er3PTrez%2FScreenshot%202025-02-07%20at%208.29.25%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c294310f-faf9-4d86-acfc-a6e614009e20" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Test Feedback Generator**
   * **Purpose:** This tool provides personalized feedback based on a student’s performance in specific tests. It analyzes test results and highlights areas of strength and improvement.
   * **Use Case:** An educator can use this tool after a student completes a test to give actionable, targeted feedback. For example, if a student struggles with inference-based reading questions, the tool might suggest additional practice in that area.
2. **Study Plan Generator**
   * **Purpose:** Creates customized study plans for students based on their test performance and learning goals.
   * **Use Case:** If a student has an upcoming SAT, the educator can use this tool to generate a week-by-week plan focusing on the student’s weak areas, ensuring efficient and focused preparation.
3. **Overall/Weekly Summary Generator**
   * **Purpose:** Summarizes a student’s or batch’s overall performance or provides weekly insights into their progress.
   * **Use Case:** An educator can use this tool to create a report that outlines students’ achievements and areas for growth over a specific timeframe, helping them to track progress effectively.
4. **Next Actions Generator**
   * **Purpose:** Suggests actionable next steps for students or batches to improve their outcomes based on data-driven insights.
   * **Use Case:** After reviewing a student's performance, the tool could recommend assigning specific practice questions, organizing mini-lessons, or enrolling the student in additional tutoring sessions.

Each tool is designed to offer data-driven insights and streamline educational decision-making. Educators can choose the tool that aligns with their immediate goals, whether it’s giving feedback, planning studies, or monitoring progress.

### How Educators Can Use and Customize VEGA AI Tools

The tools in the **VEGA AI Dashboard** are user-friendly and highly customizable, making them ideal for educators to tailor outcomes for individual students or entire batches. Here's a deeper dive into their functionalities:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fwvtea3y5Xgkl0JdnUbph%2FScreenshot%202025-02-07%20at%208.29.40%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=4f3071dd-89f1-4e03-b225-a86c346ae465" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

1. **Test Feedback Generator**
   * **How to Use:**
     * Select a student or batch from the provided list.
     * Upload or select the completed test for analysis.
     * Generate feedback that highlights specific performance areas (e.g., grammar, problem-solving).
   * **Customization Options:**
     * Modify feedback to align with the educator’s teaching style or focus on specific skill gaps.
     * Export the feedback as a printable report or share it digitally with the student.
2. **Study Plan Generator**
   * **How to Use:**
     * Choose the target goal (e.g., test preparation, concept mastery).
     * Select the time frame (weekly, bi-weekly, or monthly) and specific topics for focus.
     * Generate a structured plan that outlines daily or weekly tasks for the student.
   * **Customization Options:**
     * Adjust the plan to incorporate additional resources like external worksheets, videos, or reading material.
     * Include milestones and checkpoints to track progress.
3. **Overall/Weekly Summary Generator**
   * **How to Use:**
     * Choose the reporting period (e.g., last week, last month).
     * Select the student or batch for which the summary is to be generated.
     * Generate a concise summary outlining progress, improvements, and areas needing attention.
   * **Customization Options:**
     * Add specific recommendations for improvement to the summary.
     * Highlight achievements to boost student morale and motivation.
4. **Next Actions Generator**

   * **How to Use:**
     * Select individual students or an entire batch.
     * Generate a prioritized list of actionable steps tailored to improve learning outcomes.
     * Assign tasks directly to students via VEGA’s interface.
   * **Customization Options:**

     * Edit the recommended actions to include specific lesson plans or targeted practice sessions.
     * Integrate external resources like video tutorials, quizzes, or assignments.

   <figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FGracHXsRykKiaypIYbvf%2FScreenshot%202025-02-07%20at%208.33.07%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=a7069da7-73e4-47af-b639-8976585e1897" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The tools are built to save educators time while ensuring students receive personalized guidance. By leveraging these tools, educators can address specific needs and maintain an efficient workflow.

### Real-World Applications of VEGA AI Tools

To better understand how VEGA AI tools can be used, here are some real-world scenarios and examples where educators and institutions can leverage these features:

**1. Test Feedback Generator in Action**

* **Scenario:** A high school teacher administers a math test to a class of 30 students.
* **Application:**
  * After students complete the test, the teacher uses the **Test Feedback Generator** to evaluate performance for each student.
  * The tool identifies that many students struggle with quadratic equations and generates specific feedback, highlighting errors and providing targeted suggestions for improvement.
  * Feedback is shared individually, ensuring privacy and personalized support.

**2. Study Plan Generator for Test Prep**

* **Scenario:** A coaching center is preparing students for standardized tests like SAT or TOEFL.
* **Application:**
  * The educator selects the **Study Plan Generator** to create weekly schedules for the students.
  * For students weak in reading comprehension, the tool designs a plan focused on practicing critical reading passages, analyzing arguments, and answering evidence-based questions.
  * Each plan is adjusted based on the student’s available time and test date.

**3. Overall/Weekly Summary Generator for Parent-Teacher Communication**

* **Scenario:** A parent requests a detailed summary of their child's progress over the last month.
* **Application:**
  * The educator uses the **Overall/Weekly Summary Generator** to produce a report summarizing strengths (e.g., improved vocabulary), weaknesses (e.g., grammar errors), and actionable recommendations.
  * The summary is exported as a PDF and shared during the parent-teacher meeting, showcasing clear progress and next steps.

**4. Next Actions Generator for Batch Progression**

* **Scenario:** An institution notices a batch underperforming in science due to a lack of clarity in specific topics.
* **Application:**
  * The **Next Actions Generator** is used to outline a remedial plan.
  * The tool suggests assigning video tutorials, practice tests, and small group discussions on challenging topics like chemical reactions and force dynamics.
  * The educator customizes these suggestions and implements the action plan immediately.

**5. Empowering Independent Learners**

* **Scenario:** An advanced student wants to self-study for an exam but needs guidance.
* **Application:**
  * The student uses the **Study Plan Generator** to create a customized schedule, combining self-paced learning modules with teacher-reviewed assignments.
  * Regular feedback and summaries from the **Test Feedback Generator** ensure the student stays on track.

By using VEGA AI tools, educators can address diverse learning needs, improve teaching efficiency, and foster better communication with students and parents. These tools are flexible enough to adapt to different educational environments, whether it’s a classroom, a coaching center, or an independent learning scenario.


# Support Documentation


# Frequently Asked Questions


# How to Guides


# How to represent mathematical formulas and equations while adding questions manually?

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FgkMgWnCrfpKyFjyuo3Nj%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.01.30%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=cc72f479-5522-4a87-b84b-90fd4af2e63d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FxT7GSJmeNvTOjfhkV0Ck%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.02.19%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=b6ddeb84-c9e4-407f-9590-8e75f11380bb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F2lHDf0y1DrPedRF7NkRa%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.02.54%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=13984b7f-1842-44ba-bec7-7bee491c53bd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3nyHNMHCNPzY8DONMUxY%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.05.41%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=174c40dc-54fb-42f5-b01a-2a9d1ed38904" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FzAWfwpHdn94Omq1TQJ2w%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.05.59%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=27c5c890-6b76-412c-9651-35484eefb5e7" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FL4rGgFaT2HHR34pPQLwV%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.06.44%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=c2016944-9dc5-4a66-807d-ff2fd30a116b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMdP9AZyClKPsWdyOL811%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.07.20%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=339946e0-9122-4f62-8568-823a5493d066" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fbhj4OxYOTqBkd1z0sPvr%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.07.45%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=16085da7-e1e7-457d-a2e5-da05e238ff0d" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FkiOay3wT4e617GEtDDtN%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.08.16%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=744100ac-3787-4767-8196-0ebc8d50d70a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FLNVexG917fOUaF08xBeN%2FScreenshot%202025-01-04%20at%208.08.55%E2%80%AFAM.png?alt=media&amp;token=affdd685-e963-4b4b-8901-b29762bd771b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

## The lists environment <a href="#the-lists-environment" id="the-lists-environment"></a>

Here is an example of creating a list with the `itemize` LaTeX environment:

```
List is really easy to create

\begin{itemize}
  \item One entry in the list
  \item Another entry in the list
\end{itemize}
```

List is really easy to create

* •One entry in the list
* •Another entry in the list

To create a (unordered) list you have to declare the itemize environment and then put the entries inside.

### Unordered lists <a href="#unordered-lists" id="unordered-lists"></a>

The unordered (unnumbered) lists are produced by the `itemize` environment. Each entry must be preceded by the control sequence `\item`.

```
\begin{itemize}
  \item The individual entries are indicated with a black dot, a so-called bullet.
  \item The text in the entries may be of any length.
\end{itemize}
```

* •The individual entries are indicated with a black dot, a so-called bullet.
* •The text in the entries may be of any length.

### Ordered lists <a href="#ordered-lists" id="ordered-lists"></a>

Ordered list have the same syntax inside a different environment:

```
\begin{enumerate}
  \item The labels consists of sequential numbers.
  \item The numbers starts at 1 with every call to the enumerate environment.
\end{enumerate}
```

1. The labels consist of sequential numbers.
2. The numbers start at 1 with every call to the enumerate environment.

The ordered lists are generated by a `\enumerate` environment and each entry must be preceded by the control sequence `\item`, which will automatically generate the number labelling the item. The enumerate labels consist of sequential numbers, these numbers start at 1 with every call to the enumerate environment.

### Nested Lists <a href="#nested-lists" id="nested-lists"></a>

In `LaTeX` you can insert a list inside another list. The above lists may be included within one another, either mixed or of one type, to a depth of four levels.

```
\begin{enumerate}
   \item The labels consist of sequential numbers.
   \begin{itemize}
     \item The individual entries are indicated with a black dot, a so-called bullet.
     \item The text in the entries may be of any length.
   \end{itemize}
   \item The numbers start at 1 with every call to the enumerate environment.
\end{enumerate}
```

1. The labels consist of sequential numbers.
2. * •The individual entries are indicated with a black dot, a so-called bullet.
   * •The text in the entries may be of any length.
3. The numbers start at 1 with every call to the enumerate environment.

### Ordered lists <a href="#ordered-lists-2" id="ordered-lists-2"></a>

The numbering styles change depending on the depth of the nested lists:

```
\begin{enumerate}
   \item First level item
   \item First level item
   \begin{enumerate}
     \item Second level item
     \item Second level item
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item Third level item
       \item Third level item
       \begin{enumerate}
         \item Fourth level item
         \item Fourth level item
       \end{enumerate}
     \end{enumerate}
   \end{enumerate}
 \end{enumerate}
```

1. First level item
2. First level item
3. 1. Second level item
   2. Second level item
   3. 1. Third level item
      2. Third level item
      3. 1. Fourth level item
         2. Fourth level item

The default numbering scheme is:

* •Arabic number (1, 2, 3, ...) for Level 1
* •Lowercase letter (a, b, c, ...) for Level 2
* •Lowercase Roman numeral (i, ii, iii, ...) for Level 3
* •Uppercase letter (A, B, C, ...) for Level 4.

These numbers can be changed by redefining the commands that typeset the numbers of various list levels. For example:

```
\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\Roman{enumii}}
 \begin{enumerate}
   \item First level item
   \item First level item
   \begin{enumerate}
     \item Second level item
     \item Second level item
     \begin{enumerate}
       \item Third level item
       \item Third level item
       \begin{enumerate}
         \item Fourth level item
         \item Fourth level item
       \end{enumerate}
     \end{enumerate}
 \end{enumerate}
 \end{enumerate}
```

1. First level item
2. First level item
3. 1. Second level item
   2. Second level item
   3. 1. Third level item
      2. Third level item
      3. 1. Fourth level item
         2. Fourth level item

The command `\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\Roman{enumii}}` changes the second level to upper case Roman numeral. It is possible to change the labels of any level, replace labelenumii for one of the listed below.

* •`\labelenumi` for Level 1
* •`\labelenumii` for Level 2
* •`\labelenumiii` for Level 3
* •`\labelenumiv` for Level 4

The command must be placed in the preamble to change the labels globally or right before `\begin{enumerate}`In numbered lists the counter is incremented by `\item` before it is printed, and starts from 1,a,i,A,I. This can be changed:

```
\renewcommand{\labelenumii}{\Roman{enumii}}
 \begin{enumerate}
   \item First level item
   \item First level item
   \begin{enumerate}
     \setcounter{enumii}{4}
     \item Second level item
     \item Second level item
       \begin{enumerate}
       \item Third level item
       \item Third level item
         \begin{enumerate}
         \item Fourth level item
         \item Fourth level item
       \end{enumerate}
     \end{enumerate}
   \end{enumerate}
 \end{enumerate}
```

1. First level item
2. First level item
3. 1. Second level item
   2. Second level item
   3. 1. Third level item
      2. Third level item
      3. 1. Fourth level item
         2. Fourth level item

To change the start number or letter you must use the `\setcounter` command. In the example, to change the start number of level 2 to V the command `\setcounter{enumii}{4}` was used.To set the start number to any other counter change enumii for any of these:

* •`enumi` for Level 1
* •`enumii` for Level 2
* •`enumiii` for Level 3
* •`enumiv` for Level 4

### Unordered lists <a href="#unordered-lists-2" id="unordered-lists-2"></a>

The label scheme of unordered lists also changes depending on the depth of the nested list:

```
 \begin{itemize}
  \item  First Level
  \begin{itemize}
    \item  Second Level
    \begin{itemize}
      \item  Third Level
      \begin{itemize}
        \item  Fourth Level
      \end{itemize}
    \end{itemize}
  \end{itemize}
\end{itemize}
```

* •First Level
* * –Second Level
  * * ∗Third Level
    * * ·Fourth Level

The default label scheme for itemized lists is:

* •Level 1 is `\textbullet` (•),
* •Level 2 is `\textendash` (–) ,
* •Level 3 is `\textasteriskcentered` (\*)
* •Level 4 is `\textperiodcentered` (·).

These labels can be changed by redefining the commands that typeset them for various list levels. For example, to change Level 1 to black square and Level 2 to white square we’ll use :

```
\renewcommand{\labelitemi}{$\blacksquare$}
\renewcommand\labelitemii{$\square$}
\begin{itemize}
  \item  First Level
  \begin{itemize}
    \item  Second Level
    \begin{itemize}
      \item  Third Level
      \begin{itemize}
        \item  Fourth Level
      \end{itemize}
    \end{itemize}
  \end{itemize}
\end{itemize}
```

* $$◼$$First Level
* * $$◻$$Second Level
  * * ∗Third Level
    * * ·Fourth Level

To redefine the label, use one of the next commands, depending on the level of list mark you intend to change:

* •`labelitemi` for Level 1
* •`labelitemii` for Level 2
* •`labelitemiii` for Level 3
* •`labelitemiv` for Level 4

You can also change the item label for a specific entry, for example:

```
\begin{itemize}
  \item  Default item label for entry one
  \item  Default item label for entry two
  \item[$\square$]  Custom item label for entry three
\end{itemize}
```

* •Default item label for entry one
* •Default item label for entry two
* $$◻$$Custom item label for entry three

All you have to do is pass the desired mark as a parameter inside brackets to the item line.

### Styles for numbered lists <a href="#styles-for-numbered-lists" id="styles-for-numbered-lists"></a>

| Code      | Description                               |
| --------- | ----------------------------------------- |
| `\alph`   | Lowercase letter (a, b, c, ...)           |
| `\Alph`   | Uppercase letter (A, B, C, ...)           |
| `\arabic` | Arabic number (1, 2, 3, ...)              |
| `\roman`  | Lowercase Roman numeral (i, ii, iii, ...) |
| `\Roman`  | Uppercase Roman numeral (I, II, III, ...) |


# How to Underline, bold and italize text while adding questions mannualy?

We can print bold, italicized, and underlined text using the commands `\textbf`, `\textit`, and `\underline`, respectively.

For example:

```
\textbf{Bold text} 
\textit{Italic text}
\underline{Underlined text}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_01.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Double underline

Double underlining text can be done easily using the command `\underline` twice or using the command `\uuline`:

```
\underline{\underline{Double underlined text!}}

\uuline{Double underlined text!}
```

produces the output:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_02.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Wavy underlined text

We can easily create wavy underlined text using the command `\uwave{}`. Here is an illustrative example:

```
\uwave{This text is underlined with a wavy line!}
```

which produces the following result:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_03.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Strikethrough text

The command `\sout{}` which can be used to strikethrough text. Check this example:

```
\sout{Text with a horizontal line through its center!}
```

compiling this code yields:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_04.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Slash through letter

The command `\xout{}` can be used to create a hatching effect through text. Here is a basic usage of this command:

```
\xout{Text with hatching pattern!}
```

This code yields the following:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_05.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Dashed and dotted underline

The commands `\dashuline{}` and `\dotuline{}` as their names state can be used to create dashed and dotted lines under text respectively. Check the following code:

```
\dashuline{Dashed Underline}

\dotuline{Dotted Underline}
```

which produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://github.com/Mathpix/mathpix-markdown-it/raw/master/doc/images/latex-underline/latex-underline_06.png" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# How to write theorems and proofs manually on VEGA AI?

## Theorems and proofs <a href="#theorems-and-proofs" id="theorems-and-proofs"></a>

### Introduction <a href="#introduction" id="introduction"></a>

Mathematical documents include elements that require special formatting and numbering such as theorems, definitions, propositions, remarks, corollaries, lemmas and so on. This article explains how to define these environments in LaTeX.Numbered environments in LaTeX can be defined by means of the command \newtheorem which takes two arguments:`\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}`

* the first one is the name of the environment that is defined
* the second one is the word that will be printed, in boldface font, at the beginning of the environment.\
  Once this new environment is defined it can be used normally within the document, delimited by `\begin{theorem}` and `\end{theorem}`. An example is presented below:

```
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}

\section{Introduction}
Theorems can easily be defined:

\begin{theorem}
Let \(f\) be a function whose derivative exists in every point, then \(f\)
is a continuous function.
\end{theorem}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Numbered theorems, definitions, corollaries and lemmas <a href="#numbered-theorems-2c-definitions-2c-corollaries-and-lemmas" id="numbered-theorems-2c-definitions-2c-corollaries-and-lemmas"></a>

The numbering of the environments can be controlled by means of two additional parameters in the `\newtheorem` command. Let’s see:

```
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}[theorem]
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}

\section{Introduction}
Theorems can easily be defined:

\begin{theorem}
Let \(f\) be a function whose derivative exists in every point, then \(f\) is 
a continuous function.
\end{theorem}

\begin{theorem}[Pythagorean theorem]
\label{pythagorean}
This is a theorem about right triangles and can be summarised in the next 
equation 
\[ x^2 + y^2 = z^2 \]
\end{theorem}

And a consequence of theorem \ref{pythagorean} is the statement in the next 
corollary.

\begin{corollary}
There's no right rectangle whose sides measure 3cm, 4cm, and 6cm.
\end{corollary}

You can reference theorems such as \ref{pythagorean} when a label is assigned.

\begin{lemma}
Given two line segments whose lengths are \(a\) and \(b\) respectively there is a 
real number \(r\) such that \(b=ra\).
\end{lemma}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output1.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

There are three new environments defined in the preamble.

`\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]` This is the example presented in the introduction, but it has the additional parameter `[section]` that restarts the theorem counter at every new section.

`\newtheorem{corollary}{Corollary}[theorem]` An environment called corollary is created, the counter of this new environment will be reset every time a new theorem environment is used.

`\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}` In this case, the even though a new environment called lemma is created, it will use the same counter as the theorem environment.

Some famous theorems have their own names, for these cases you can add said name inside brackets in the environment opening command. In the example, the line

Some famous theorems have their own names, for these cases you can add said name inside brackets in the environment opening command. In the example, the line `\begin{theorem}[Pythagorean theorem]` prints “Pythagorean theorem” at the beginning of the paragraph.As with many other numbered elements in LaTeX, the command `\label` can be used to reference theorem-like environments within the document.

### Unnumbered theorem-like environments <a href="#unnumbered-theorem-like-environments" id="unnumbered-theorem-like-environments"></a>

It can be useful to have an unnumbered theorem-like environment to add remarks, comments or examples to a mathematical document.

```
\newtheorem*{remark}{Remark}

Unnumbered theorem-like environments are also possible.

\begin{remark}
This statement is true, I guess.
\end{remark}
This example produces the following output:
```

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output2.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The syntax of the command `\newtheorem*` is the same as the non-starred version, except for the counter parameters. In this example, a new unnumbered environment called remark is created.

### Theorem styles <a href="#theorem-styles" id="theorem-styles"></a>

A feature that is important when working in a mathematical document is to easily tell apart, say, definitions from theorems by its formatting.

```
\theoremstyle{definition}
\newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section]

\theoremstyle{remark}
\newtheorem*{remark}{Remark}

\section{Introduction}
Unnumbered theorem-like environments are also possible.

\begin{remark}
This statement is true, I guess.
\end{remark}

And the next is a somewhat informal definition

\begin{definition}[Fibration]
A fibration is a mapping between two topological spaces that has the homotopy lifting property for every space \(X\).
\end{definition}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output3.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

The command `\theoremstyle{ }` sets the styling for the numbered environment defined right below it. In the example above, the styles *remark* and *definition* are used. Notice that the remark is now in italics and the text in the environment uses normal (Roman) typeface, the definition on the other hand also uses Roman typeface for the text within but the word “Definition” is printed in boldface font.

### Proofs <a href="#proofs" id="proofs"></a>

Proofs are the core of mathematical papers and books, and it is customary to keep them visually apart from the normal text in the document.

```
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}

\section{Introduction}
\begin{lemma}
Given two line segments whose lengths are \(a\) and \(b\) respectively there 
is a real number \(r\) such that \(b=ra\).
\end{lemma}

\begin{proof}
To prove it by contradiction try and assume that the statement is false,
proceed from there and at some point you will arrive to a contradiction.
\end{proof}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output4.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Changing the QED symbol <a href="#changing-the-qed-symbol" id="changing-the-qed-symbol"></a>

The symbol printed at the end of a proof is called the “QED symbol”. To quote the meaning of QED from Wikipedia:

> QED is an initialism of the Latin phrase quod erat demonstrandum, meaning “thus it has been demonstrated”

It is straightforward to use a symbol, or wording, of your choice to represent the QED symbol. The command`\renewcommand\qedsymbol{$\blacksquare$}`You can be used to replace the default white square for a black square printed by `$\blacksquare$`, the parameter inside the braces. Or, you can write the word QED explicitly:`\renewcommand\qedsymbol{QED}`Here is an example to demonstrate both options:

```
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section]
\newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma}

\section{Introduction}

\begin{lemma}
Given two line segments whose lengths are \(a\) and \(b\) respectively there 
is a real number \(r\) such that \(b=ra\).
\end{lemma}

\renewcommand\qedsymbol{$\blacksquare$}

\begin{proof}
To prove it by contradiction try and assume that the statement is false,
proceed from there and at some point you will arrive to a contradiction.
\end{proof}

\renewcommand\qedsymbol{QED}

\begin{proof}
To prove it by contradiction try and assume that the statement is false,
proceed from there and at some point you will arrive to a contradiction.
\end{proof}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output5.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

### Start theorem counter from specific number <a href="#start-theorem-counter-from-specific-number" id="start-theorem-counter-from-specific-number"></a>

`\setcounter{theoremenv}{number}` Sets count for `theoremenv` to contain the value number.

* *Note:* number can be positive or negative.

```
\newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}

\section{Introduction}
Theorems can easily be defined:

\begin{theorem}
Let \(f\) be a function whose derivative exists in every point, then \(f\) 
is a continuous function.
\end{theorem}

\setcounter{theorem}{0}

\begin{theorem}
Let \(f\) be a function whose derivative exists in every point, then \(f\) 
is a continuous function.
\end{theorem}

\setcounter{theorem}{-3}

\begin{theorem}
Let \(f\) be a function whose derivative exists in every point, then \(f\) 
is a continuous function.
\end{theorem}
```

This example produces the following output:

<figure><img src="https://mathpix.com/images/theorem-output6.webp" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>


# How to chose the correct question type while question extraction?

VEGA AI is smart, but it works best when you give it the right type of question. If you choose the wrong question type, the AI might get confused or give wrong answers.

That’s why choosing the **correct question type** is one of the most important steps when you upload questions.

***

### ✅ Why It Matters

Selecting the appropriate question type helps our AI:

* Understand the context
* Apply the correct evaluation model
* Generate accurate answers or feedback
* Avoid misclassification or content rejection

If you mark it as the **wrong type**, it might:

* Give the wrong answer
* Miss the point of the question
* Not work at all

So before uploading, make sure you pick the **right type** for each question.

***

### Supported Question Types

#### 1. Passage Question Type

* **Definition**: Includes a **passage body** followed by one or more questions. There could be just one passage and multiple questions based on the context given in the passage.&#x20;
* **Best for**: Reading comprehension, evidence-based reasoning, or contextual analysis.
* **Why it matters**: Our AI uses the passage to extract context and meaning. If the passage is missing or mismatched, the system may fail to extract or evaluate the question.

**✅ Passage question type example**:

{% tabs %}
{% tab title=" single question" %}

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FI9EobIAnhqzU8ErsMkPt%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=92259251-3048-4063-99c2-be29b5aed925" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}

{% tab title="Multiple Questions" %}

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FaV6RdC6c4gie9zU1IhST%2Fe5192e67c9f74cdae6d67252579da3e1.jpg?alt=media&amp;token=e0e19ed7-a374-4486-8747-bd0e76026b46" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>
{% endtab %}
{% endtabs %}

***

#### 2. MCQ (Multiple Choice Question) Type

* **Definition**: A standalone question with **2 or more choices**, only one of which is correct.
* **Best for**: Concept-checking in math, science, grammar, or factual recall.
* **Why it matters**: MCQs should be **fully self-contained**. If your question needs a passage, do **not** use MCQ — it will result in misinterpretation.

**Avoid** using this type for passage-based or dependent questions.

**✅  MCQ question type example**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMWa9wzHN4gi1O5M5tpmA%2FScreenshot-2023-10-12-102816.png?alt=media&amp;token=997aabf1-e7b0-4e4b-848b-f6f3a8e86636" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. Numeric Question Type

* **Definition**: A question where the student needs to **calculate and write a number** as the answer. (not multiple choice). So in simple words, the correct answer would always be a number.&#x20;
* In **Numeric Question Type**, there can be **more than one correct answer**, as long as they all have the **same numerical value**.
* These are the same type of questions known as **Student-Produced Responses (SPRs)** in the SAT exam.
* **Best for**: Math problems, physics calculations, or any computation-based tasks.
* **Why it matters**: VEGA AI expects a **clear numeric structure**. Avoid combining this with other types like MCQ or passage-based questions.

**✅ Example**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FkyW7hCLvCZ5v3i9ekIIA%2FScreenshot%202025-06-12%20at%206.05.27%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=ccdc3f67-9f55-45c4-969b-28bba1851202" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. Open-Ended  Type

* **Definition**: Questions requiring a **written response**, typically 2–5 sentences.
* Use this when you want the student to:
  * Explain something
  * Share their opinion
  * Write a reason or analysis
* VEGA AI can use **rubrics** to evaluate  **open-ended or essay-type** **questions**.

  This means the AI doesn’t just check for the right answer — it also looks at **how well** the response is written. It can assess:

  * Clarity of explanation
  * Structure and organization
  * Grammar and language use
  * How well the student supports their answer

  So when students write short or long answers, VEGA AI can give feedback based on real grading criteria, just like a human teacher would.

**✅ Example**:\
“Explain why El Paso became a hub for Spanish-language newspapers in the late 1800s.”

***

### ✅ Best Practices for Uploading

To ensure smooth processing and high-quality output:

| Step            | Guideline                                                                                 |
| --------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| Upload Quality  | Ensure all files (PDFs, images) are high-resolution and easy to read.                     |
| Type Selection  | Choose the **correct question type** for each upload. Do **not** mix types.               |
| One at a Time   | Upload **only 1 question per extraction** to maximize clarity and accuracy.               |
| Processing Time | Most extractions take **1–2 minutes** to process.                                         |
| Verify Output   | Double-check the extracted question text, especially **LaTeX formatting**, before saving. |

***

### TL;DR

| Question Type | Use For                    |
| ------------- | -------------------------- |
| Passage       | Reading comprehension      |
| MCQ           | Factual/standalone logic   |
| Numeric       | Calculation-based problems |
| Open-Ended    | Reasoning, writing tasks   |


# Common Mistakes in Question Extraction (And How to Fix Them)

Even though VEGA AI does a great job extracting questions, some formatting issues and small errors can happen especially when working with PDFs or scanned documents.

Here’s a complete list of the most common mistakes, how often they happen, and what you can do to fix or avoid them.

***

### Formatting & Layout Issues

<table data-header-hidden><thead><tr><th></th><th></th><th width="121.91796875"></th><th width="188.6484375"></th><th></th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><strong>Issue</strong></td><td><strong>What Happens</strong></td><td><strong>How Often?</strong></td><td><strong>How to Fix</strong></td><td><strong>Things to Watch Out For</strong></td></tr><tr><td><strong>1. Italics Not Detected</strong></td><td>Italic words don’t appear italic after upload.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>*this is italic*</code> in the editor.</td><td>Italics won’t show up from PDFs. Add formatting yourself using LaTeX or manually.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>2. Bold Not Detected</strong></td><td>Bold text becomes regular text.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>**this is bold**</code> in the editor.</td><td>Bold words may lose meaning. Add bold formatting manually.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>3. Underline Not Detected</strong></td><td>Underlined words are not preserved.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Use <code>\underline{your text}</code> with LaTeX or in Mathpix.</td><td>Important underlined parts might go missing. Always re-check and add them back.</td></tr><tr><td><strong>4. Fill in the Blanks Misformatted</strong></td><td>Blanks appear as <code>{qquad}</code> instead of empty lines.</td><td>~95%</td><td>Replace <code>{qquad}</code> with <code>__________</code>.</td><td><code>{qquad}</code> is hard to read. Always replace with blank lines manually.</td></tr></tbody></table>

***

### Answer & Option Accuracy Issues

| **Issue**                             | **What Happens**                                  | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                                         |
| ------------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------- | -------------- | --------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **5. Wrong Option Marked as Correct** | The AI may mark the wrong option as correct.      | \~30–40%       | Double-check with your original answer key.   | Never assume the AI-selected answer is right. Always verify.                                        |
| **6. Incorrect Solution Generated**   | The explanation doesn’t match the correct answer. | \~40–50%       | Review and rewrite the explanation if needed. | AI explains the answer you select as correct — if that’s wrong, the explanation will also be wrong. |

***

### Tagging & Categorization Issues

| **Issue**                     | **What Happens**                                             | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                           | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                      |
| ----------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------ | -------------- | -------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **7. Wrong Subject or Topic** | The question is placed in the wrong subject or has no topic. | \~40%          | Choose the correct subject/topic manually in the editor. | Especially important for mixed-topic questions. Check and update tags carefully. |

***

### Image & Option Issues

| **Issue**                               | **What Happens**                          | **How Often?** | **How to Fix**                                              | **Things to Watch Out For**                                                 |
| --------------------------------------- | ----------------------------------------- | -------------- | ----------------------------------------------------------- | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **8. Image Not Extracted Properly**     | Images might not appear or may be blurry. | \~0–5%         | Upload the image again directly while editing the question. | Always **preview** the question and make sure images are showing correctly. |
| **9. Options Missing After Extraction** | One or more choices don’t show up.        | \~2–3%         | Use the "Edit Question" tool to add missing options.        | Do a quick check of every question’s options before saving.                 |

***

### ✅ Best Practices

* **Choose correct question type** before uploading or extracting.
* **Preview and verify** all extracted questions — never assume correctness.
* **Avoid uploading cluttered PDFs**; one clean question per image/page works best.
* **Use LaTeX/Markdown** to fix visual formatting where needed.
* **Tag subject/topic accurately** to organize and locate questions efficiently.
* **Follow optimal extraction guidelines** to minimize errors and maximize accuracy.


# Troubleshooting


# Glossary

## VEGA AI Platform Glossary

### A

Adaptive Learning A teaching method that uses AI to adjust content difficulty and pace based on student performance.

AI Avatar A digital teaching assistant powered by artificial intelligence that represents an educator and provides 24/7 support to students.

Analytics Dashboard A visual interface showing real-time data about student performance, engagement, and learning patterns.

ARPU (Average Revenue Per User) A metric that measures the average revenue generated per user over a specific time period.

### B

Batch A group of students organized together for learning purposes.

Browser Restrictions Security settings that control how students can access tests and content during assessments.

### C

CAC (Customer Acquisition Cost) The cost associated with acquiring a new customer/user for the platform.

Content Generation AI-powered creation of educational materials, questions, and assessments.

Course Deployment The process of making a course available to students after setup and configuration.

Custom AI Tools Specialized AI features that can be created and configured for specific teaching needs.

### D

Diagnostic Test An assessment that evaluates a student's current knowledge level and identifies areas for improvement.

Digital Twin Another term for AI Avatar - a digital representation of an educator that can interact with students.

### E

Exit Ticket A quick assessment given at the end of a lesson to check understanding.

### F

Full-length Test A comprehensive assessment that covers multiple topics and typically mirrors standardized test formats.

### G

GTM (Go-to-Market) Playbook Strategic guidelines for launching and marketing the platform in new regions or markets.

### H

Hybrid Learning A teaching approach that combines traditional classroom methods with digital learning tools.

### I

Integration The process of connecting VEGA AI with other educational tools or systems.

### K

Knowledge Base A collection of teaching materials and resources used to train the AI Avatar.

### L

LQ Mastery Level A measurement system that indicates a student's proficiency in specific subject areas.

Learning Analytics Data-driven insights about student learning patterns and performance.

### M

Mock Test A practice test that simulates the format and conditions of an actual examination.

Mastery-Based Learning An educational approach where students must demonstrate thorough understanding of a topic before advancing.

### O

Observability Layer A feature that provides visibility into how the AI system learns from and adapts to student interactions.

### P

Performance Analytics Detailed metrics about student achievement and progress.

Practice Mode A learning environment where students can attempt questions without time pressure or formal grading.

### Q

Question Bank A repository of assessment questions categorized by subject, difficulty, and topic.

### R

Real-time Progress Tracking Continuous monitoring of student performance and engagement as it happens.

Review Mode A feature that allows students to analyze their answers and learn from mistakes.

### S

Study Plan Generator An AI tool that creates personalized learning schedules based on student performance and goals.

Student Journey The progression of a student through various learning activities and assessments.

### T

Test Controls Settings that manage how students can interact with assessments (timing, navigation, etc.).

Time Efficiency A metric measuring how quickly students complete tasks relative to expected duration.

### U

User Roles Different levels of platform access and permissions (Admin, Manager, Teacher, Student).

### V

VEGA AI Tools The suite of AI-powered features available on the platform for teaching and learning.

### Common Abbreviations

* API: Application Programming Interface
* LMS: Learning Management System
* LXP: Learning Experience Platform
* MCQ: Multiple Choice Question
* DSAT: Digital SAT
* UI: User Interface
* UX: User Experience

### Technical Terms

Browser Compatibility Minimum requirements for web browsers to properly display and run the platform.

Data Analytics The process of examining data sets to draw conclusions about the information they contain.

Responsive Design Platform's ability to adjust its display for different screen sizes and devices.

API Integration The connection of VEGA AI with other software systems through programming interfaces.

### Assessment-Related Terms

Question Difficulty Levels

* Novice: Basic level questions
* Intermediate: Moderate complexity
* Advanced: Higher difficulty
* Expert: Most challenging

Assessment Types

* Diagnostic: Initial evaluation
* Formative: Ongoing progress checks
* Summative: Final evaluation
* Mock: Practice tests

<br>


# New User Portal & Platform Changes

On **24th June 2025**, we’re rolling out a **redesigned user portal** and some **admin platform changes,** we’ve rebuilt your portal for faster navigation, a unified course hub, smarter insights dashboards, and clearer URL and plan structures. **Join our live webinars** on June 17 and June 18 to see it in action—[<mark style="color:yellow;">**reserve your spot now**</mark>](https://calendly.com/learnq-ai/vega-ai-weekly-bi-weekly-webinars)<mark style="color:yellow;">**.**</mark>

In this guide, you’ll learn what’s changing, why it matters, and how to make the most of every new feature.

***

### Summary Table: New User Portal & Platform Changes

| **Section**                         | **Change**                        | **What’s Changing**                                                                                          | **Why It Matters**                                                                                            |
| ----------------------------------- | --------------------------------- | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ | ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- |
| **Part 1: Critical Changes**        | 1. URL Structure Update           | Portal URLs are changing to: `https://myvega.ai/{organization-name}/courses/{course-name}/{page}`            | Ensures faster access and compatibility with new system. Old links are auto-redirected but should be updated. |
|                                     | 2. Plan Consolidation             | Retiring Starter, Essential, Advanced SAT plans. Only Pro and Pro Max remain.                                | Simplifies course setup and aligns plans across the platform.                                                 |
|                                     | 3. Diagnostic Test in Journeys    | A diagnostic test must be assigned in every free journey. Auto-generates a study plan after test completion. | Helps convert leads through personalized guidance. Creates a structured, high-value trial experience.         |
| **Part 2: New User Portal Changes** | 1. Redesigned Homepage            | New AI-based homepage with drag-and-drop support and chat history.                                           | Offers intuitive homework help and centralized interaction for learners.                                      |
|                                     | 2. Unified Course Access          | Students can view all enrolled courses on one screen.                                                        | No more tab switching. Improves navigation for multi-course learners.                                         |
|                                     | 3. Single Page Course Content     | All course elements (tests, resources, analytics, classes) appear on one page.                               | Speeds up loading and simplifies browsing. Uses breadcrumb navigation for clarity.                            |
|                                     | 4. “See All” Learning Hub         | One table to view all tests, quizzes, resources with status indicators.                                      | Gives students full visibility. Locked content for free users promotes upgrades.                              |
|                                     | 5. Dedicated Diagnostic Test Page | Diagnostic test appears on a dedicated page for visibility and focus.                                        | Higher completion rates. Supports better lead conversion.                                                     |
|                                     | 6. Calendar View for Classes      | Students can join Zoom classes from a calendar in the portal.                                                | Improves scheduling clarity and attendance.                                                                   |
|                                     | 7. Personalized Study Plan        | All courses now generate study plans post diagnostic test.                                                   | Helps students follow an AI-curated learning path.                                                            |
|                                     | 8. Overview Page Per Course       | Introductory page to guide users on what’s inside and where to begin.                                        | Boosts first-time engagement and reduces confusion.                                                           |
|                                     | 9. New Insights Dashboard         | Advanced analytics available across all courses (not just SAT).                                              | Brings deeper, actionable insights to every learner and educator.                                             |
| **Part 3: Platform Changes**        | 1. Plan Consolidation             | All courses follow the Pro / Pro Max user plan model.                                                        | Streamlines pricing and simplifies rollout for admins.                                                        |
|                                     | 2. Universal Analytics Access     | Analytics available for all courses (previously SAT only).                                                   | Consistent visibility for educators across all subjects.                                                      |
|                                     | 3. Test-wise Analytics Relocation | Now under: Operations → Analytics. Accessible by all educators.                                              | No need for admin access. Allows faster interventions.                                                        |
|                                     | 4. Editable Full-Length SAT Tests | 15 Vega SAT tests editable via Question Dashboard.                                                           | Teams can customize tests and correct errors.                                                                 |
|                                     | 5. Diagnostic Test Requirement    | Required in all free journeys. Triggers personalized study plan.                                             | Gives structure to trials, improves lead engagement and conversion.                                           |

### Part 1: Critical Changes That Need Your Attention

We’ve made important structural updates to the platform. These changes are essential to know because they may affect your current links, pricing plans, and lead generation journeys. Please review carefully.

***

#### 1. URL Structure Change

**Who is affected:** All institutes using **Enabler** and **Growth** plans.

**What’s changing:**\
The format of user-facing portal URLs is changing to a new structure:

```
https://myvega.ai/{organization-name}/courses/{course-name}/{inside-page}
```

**What you need to do:**

* We’ll try to automatically redirect old links so nothing breaks, but please review and update any embedded portal URLs on your website once the new structure goes live.

***

#### 2. Plan Consolidation

**Who is affected:** Any institute offering the **SAT course** under old plan names.

**What’s changing:**\
We are retiring the following SAT user plans:

* Starter
* Essential
* Advanced

Going forward, **every course**—including SAT—will offer just two premium tiers **per user, per course**:

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Flh01JjSSfX0Oifca4iDP%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=7ccd88a3-e429-42dd-8b61-080082be13cd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. Diagnostic Test Selection in Journeys

**What’s changing:**\
Whenever you create a **free-user journey** for lead generation, you now need to assign **one test** as the **diagnostic test**.

**What this enables:**

* A new **Diagnostic Test page** will appear in the user’s portal with that test.
* Once the user completes the test, a **personalized study plan** will be auto-generated.
* This helps you capture user intent early and offer value before asking them to upgrade.

**Why this matters:**\
This change makes free journeys more structured, measurable, and easier to convert into paying customers.

***

### Part 2: New User Portal Changes

#### Easier Navigation, Faster Experience, and Better Engagement Across Courses

We have redesigned the user portal from the ground up to make it faster, more intuitive, and helpful for your learners. Below are all the changes you should know as an educator or admin.

***

#### 1. Redesigned Homepage with AI Support

**What’s new:**

* A simplified homepage where students can:
  * Access their **AI Avatar**, **AI Agents**, and **chat history** in one place.
  * Use a **drag-and-drop upload section** to drop homework images or PDFs and get AI-powered answers.

**Why it matters:**\
It helps students get instant support with doubts and homework in a more natural, easy-to-use interface.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FDV4LNsdahewcGx1xMdmz%2FScreenshot%202025-06-14%20at%208.09.19%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=d8fba980-bc85-4515-ad56-ada507a0d22c" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 2. Unified Page to Access All Courses

**What’s new:**\
Students can now see and access **all their enrolled courses from one screen**, without switching tabs or navigating from the top menu.

**Why it matters:**\
This eliminates confusion and improves the learning experience, especially for multi-course learners.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fl6ST2aZOeMFLt7zBTa6M%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8471ec55-dd4c-410a-9ac8-e0090152cc63" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. Course Content Organized in One Single Page

**What’s new:**

* Each course page now includes:
  * All resources
  * Tests and assignments
  * Online classes
  * Analytics
* The structure is organized with **breadcrumbs at the top**, helping students navigate between sections easily.

**Why it matters:**\
Less clicking around and faster page load makes the portal more user-friendly, especially for younger learners.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3m1uFIHETHCc9QcMQTC7%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=8bdd967e-2764-4af5-9c65-cecf67173f11" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. Learning Hub with “See All” View

**What’s new:**

* Students can now see **all structured tests, quizzes, assignments, and resources** in a single table.
* Status for each item is clearly marked: **Available**, **Taken**, or **Missed**.

**Special feature for free users:**\
Resources created by the institute are **visible but locked**. Clicking on them redirects users to the upgrade page—this creates awareness and prompts interest in your paid offerings.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FQJMI3EF5BqDoaL9ky39w%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=d63e53f8-2b64-4e0b-8329-8c2422ea1b0a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 5. Dedicated Diagnostic Test Page

**What’s new:**

* The selected diagnostic test now appears on a dedicated **Diagnostic Test page**.
* This structure is similar to what we used in the Digital SAT page and is now extended to all courses.

**Why it matters:**\
This ensures better visibility and higher completion rates, which lead to more accurate study plans and stronger conversion from free to paid journeys.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FGMeQEC6WldnI0mxAD4DF%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=de5605d9-fcc2-451e-be01-e0254e10c9c1" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 6. New Classes Page with Calendar View

**What’s new:**\
A new **calendar-style view** allows students to view and join their upcoming Zoom classes directly from their portal.

**Why it matters:**\
This gives students a clear schedule and improves class attendance.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F1pAHZ1L4NAMqEwI4zYct%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=9d3f9619-b978-45e2-a430-96f97cd35319" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 7. Study Plan Page for All Courses

**What’s new:**\
Once a student completes their diagnostic test, they will receive a **personalized study plan** within their course portal—regardless of which course they are in.

**Why it matters:**\
Students can follow a clear, AI-guided path to improve, which helps them stay on track and see results faster.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FiNTEwxoYXFQWuWpBIund%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=d4a807bb-99be-44de-b7ba-213afc082a5b" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 8. Overview Page Added to Every Course

**What’s new:**\
Each course now has a simple **Overview page** that explains:

* What’s inside the course
* How to use the platform
* What actions students should take first

**Why it matters:**\
This helps new learners quickly understand how to navigate the platform and make the most of their course.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FAhSIL2bSX4sSY2VbrESe%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=2a03a3e9-666b-4243-b0a0-2b68fcfc8ebb" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

## 9. New Insights Dashboard

#### Available for All Courses – Not Just SAT

We’ve upgraded the old Analytics Dashboard into a smarter, more powerful **Insights Dashboard**—and it’s now available for **every course** on the platform.

This dashboard helps both educators and learners track progress, identify weak areas, and take action faster.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FUunXnXxiHlHJqlAU4Up9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=88305b00-f601-41ab-868a-87d3602060bc" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### What’s New in the Insights Dashboard

#### A. Quick Overview of User Activity

At the top of the Insights Dashboard, you’ll find a summary of each student’s activity:

* Total number of **tests taken**
* Total **time spent** practicing
* **Practice streak** (days of consistent practice)
* Number of **correct answers** vs. total attempted

This provides an instant snapshot of how actively a student is engaging with the course.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F3CTWFkWVI5nDcFozkC9C%2FScreenshot%202025-06-14%20at%208.17.34%E2%80%AFPM.png?alt=media&amp;token=4e90e7dc-e0d9-44eb-ada1-f77d3f2e88bd" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### B. Overall Mastery Score (Per Course)

Each student now sees a single **Mastery Score** for every course they’re enrolled in.\
This score helps learners understand their overall progress.

They can also view mastery levels for individual **subjects** within the course (e.g., Algebra, Geometry, etc.).

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FNYJGOfq7MHecd1qK6fhp%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=cb3ee13a-4ea8-4aa8-92ca-bca4b2567021" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### C. Topic-wise Accuracy, Time Management, and Mastery

This section provides deep performance analysis for each topic based on:

* **Accuracy** (how often they get questions right)
* **Time management** (how efficiently they solve questions)
* **Mastery** (overall skill strength)

It also highlights the **Top 3 Areas of Improvement** for each of the above, so learners know exactly what to work on next.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2F81JWNhouQ4UkYNH0MKP9%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=78dc0cdc-8b20-4e56-9cdb-54ce859a4f08" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### D. Structured Tests Analysis

Students can now view performance across **all structured tests** they’ve taken.

* Each test appears as a **bar graph**
* Hovering over a bar shows individual test scores
* The Y-axis displays **normalized scores**, calculated as a percentage of the total possible score

This helps them understand which tests they performed well on and where they fell short.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FaQeyRCN3AnLlELe9cwhm%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=72cf7cb0-0e6d-49aa-aec6-c8363d44535a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### E. Individual Test Reports

Every test now has a detailed report showing:

* Test name, date, accuracy or score, and time spent
* Filters to help locate tests quickly:
  * **Search bar**
  * **Date filter**
  * **Test-type filter** (structured vs practice)

This gives students and educators precise information for reviewing past performance.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2Fck41Uy991LbEY5Qp2jrF%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=40892236-ce71-4be4-85d5-80ec4848089a" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### F. AI Feedback After Every Test

After completing any test, students receive AI-generated feedback that includes:

* Key areas of improvement
* Actionable next steps
* Tips to improve next time

This feedback helps learners know exactly what to focus on to improve scores.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FMsxlOUZjf7RmVuZXWV0l%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=5e2d6665-e36a-4368-bcba-54cfe8de734e" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

### Why This Matters

* Helps **educators** track performance and guide students more effectively.
* Motivates **students** with clear feedback and visual progress.
* Works across **all subjects and exams**, not just SAT.

If you are an admin or instructor, encourage your students to regularly check the Insights Dashboard. It helps them stay accountable and makes your teaching more data-driven.

## Part 3: Platform Changes

#### Backend Improvements and Admin Panel Updates You Need to Know

These changes are designed to make your work as an educator or admin more efficient. From better access controls to simpler plans and full visibility into test content and student progress—everything is now streamlined to support your workflows.

***

#### 1. Plan Consolidation Across the Platform

**What’s changing:**\
We are officially retiring the old user-level SAT plans:

* Starter
* Essential
* Advanced

From now on, all courses across the platform (not just SAT) will only offer two standardized user plans:

* **Pro**
* **Pro Max**

**Why it matters:**\
This makes plan selection and course creation faster, easier, and more aligned with the features you need.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FKqtsvHLXowSi6fHRU1Av%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=3e53d878-c261-46ad-a7d5-06e18328ace9" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 2. Universal Analytics Access

**What’s changing:**\
Previously, analytics dashboards were available only for the Digital SAT course. Now, **analytics are available for all courses** in your organization.

**Where to find it:**

* Admin Panel → **Operations → Analytics**

You can now:

* View detailed student activity across all courses
* Track practice time, test performance, and improvement patterns

**Why it matters:**\
It ensures every course gets the same visibility and performance tracking and not just SAT.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FllG6JnFnAMXw2rgCPDIB%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=3fff53a1-91fe-4faa-a771-09687986bb85" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 3. “Test-wise Analytics” Has a New Location and Easier Access

**What’s changing:**\
The **Student Analytics** section from the old dashboard has now been moved and renamed as **Test-wise Analytics**.

**New location:**

* Admin Panel → **Operations → Analytics → Test-wise Analytics**

**Who can access it now:**

* Previously, only managers or admins could see this section.
* Now, even educators with standard permissions can directly access this data—no need to request higher access.

**Why it matters:**\
Educators can independently track student test results and intervene faster when needed.

<figure><img src="https://3495679792-files.gitbook.io/~/files/v0/b/gitbook-x-prod.appspot.com/o/spaces%2FjBtnExy5FkXmThwftVg6%2Fuploads%2FA6IQlW00kWWj5h2PwTni%2Fimage.png?alt=media&amp;token=56255ca3-954b-436b-b52e-c25618908326" alt=""><figcaption></figcaption></figure>

***

#### 4. Full-Length Digital SAT Tests Now Editable by Educators

**What’s changing:**\
All 15 full-length Digital SAT tests provided by Vega are now visible and editable by every team member.

**Where to find them:**

* Admin Panel → **Question Dashboard**

You can:

* Review full-length test content
* Edit or fix specific questions as needed

**Why it matters:**\
You gain more control over test quality, and can align tests better with your teaching methods.

***

#### 5. Diagnostic Test Requirement in Free Journeys

**What’s changing:**\
When creating any **free user journey**, you must assign **one structured or practice test** as the official diagnostic test.

**Once assigned:**

* The test will appear on a dedicated **Diagnostic Test page** in the learner’s portal
* Completing this test will automatically trigger a **personalized study plan**

**Why it matters:**\
This structure helps convert free learners into engaged users by giving them an immediate sense of direction and support.

***

This concludes the complete set of changes introduced to the user portal and admin platform. Let us know if you need help with:

* Updating your course journeys
* Migrating links to the new format
* Training your educators on the new dashboards

We’re here to support you and your team every step of the way.

Email us: <support@myvega.ai>


